Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Globus Medical

Globus Medical

gmed · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker gmed
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Globus Medical
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 
or
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ______________ to _______________

Commission File No. 001-35621

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

04-3744954
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

2560 General Armistead Avenue, Audubon, PA 19403
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(610) 930-1800
(Registrant’s telephone number, including Area Code)

Title of each class
Class A Common Stock, par value $.001 per share

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Trading Symbol(s)
GMED

Name of exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act: Yes  ☒  No  ☐ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act: Yes ☐  No ☒

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 
12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  file  such  reports),  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to  such  filing  requirements  for  the  past  90  days: 
Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T 
(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files): Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth 
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 
Act:

Large Accelerated Filer

☒ Accelerated Filer ☐

Non-accelerated Filer ☐

Smaller Reporting Company ☐

Emerging Growth Company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised 
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of
the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C.
7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

(cid:0)

☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act): Yes ☐  No ☒

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing sales price for the 
registrant’s common stock on the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter, June 30, 2021, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, 
was approximately $5.9 billion.

The number of shares outstanding of the issuer’s common stock (par value $0.001 per share) as of February 14, 2022 was 101,558,115 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of our Proxy Statement for our 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed within 120 days of December 31, 2021, are incorporated by reference in Part III, 
Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 herein of this Annual Report. Such Proxy Statement, except for the parts therein which have been specifically incorporated by reference, shall 
not be deemed “filed” for the purposes of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

Item 5.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Item 15
Item 16

PART I
Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent inspections

PART III
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART IV
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

SIGNATURES

2

Page

4
13
37
37
37
37

38
40
49
50
81
81
81
82

82
82
82
82
82

83
85

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

PART I

CAUTIONARY NOTE CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of 
1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended 
(the  “Exchange  Act”).  All  statements  other  than  statements  of  historical  fact  are  forward-looking  statements.  We  have  tried  to  identify  forward-looking 
statements by using words such as “believe,” “may,” “might,” “could,” “will,” “aim,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “plan” and 
similar words. These forward-looking statements are based on our current assumptions, expectations and estimates of future events and trends. Forward-
looking statements are only predictions and are subject to many risks, uncertainties and other factors that may affect our businesses and operations and 
could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  predicted.  These  risks  and  uncertainties  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  health  epidemics, 
pandemics and similar outbreaks, including the COVID-19 pandemic, factors affecting our quarterly results, our ability to manage our growth, our ability 
to sustain our profitability, demand for our products, our ability to compete successfully (including without limitation our ability to convince surgeons to 
use our products and our ability to attract and retain sales and other personnel), our ability to rapidly develop and introduce new products, our ability to 
develop and execute on successful business strategies, our ability to comply with changes and applicable laws and regulations that are applicable to our 
businesses, our ability to safeguard our intellectual property, our success in defending legal proceedings brought against us, trends in the medical device 
industry,  general  economic  conditions,  and  other  risks  set  forth  throughout  this  Annual  Report,  including  under  “Item  1.  Business,”  “Item  1A.  Risk 
Factors,” “Item  7.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,”  and  “Item  7A.  Quantitative  and 
Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk” and those discussed in other documents we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). 
Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all 
risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may 
cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Given  these  risks  and  uncertainties,  readers  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  any  forward-looking  statements.  Forward-looking 
statements contained in this Annual Report speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking 
statements as a result of new information, events or circumstances or other factors arising or coming to our attention after the date hereof.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 1. Business

Overview

Globus  Medical,  Inc.  (together,  as  applicable,  with  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  “Globus,”  “we,”  “us”  or  “our”),  headquartered  in  Audubon, 
Pennsylvania,  is  a  medical  device  company  that  develops  and  commercializes  healthcare  solutions  whose  mission  is  to  improve  the  quality  of  life  of 
patients  with  musculoskeletal  disorders.  Founded  in  2003,  Globus  is  committed  to  medical  device  innovation  and  delivering  exceptional  service  to 
hospitals, ambulatory surgery centers and physicians to advance patient care and improve efficiency. Since inception, Globus has listened to the voice of 
the surgeon to develop practical solutions and products to help surgeons effectively treat patients and improve lives. 

Globus is an engineering-driven company with a history of rapidly developing and commercializing advanced products and procedures to address 
treatment challenges. With over 220 product launches across 50 countries worldwide, we offer a comprehensive portfolio of innovative and differentiated 
technologies that are used to treat a variety of musculoskeletal conditions. Although we manage our business globally within one operating segment, we 
separate our products into two major categories: Musculoskeletal Solutions and Enabling Technologies.

COVID-19 Update

We continue to monitor the rapidly evolving situation and guidance from domestic and international authorities, including federal, state and local 
public health authorities, regarding the COVID-19 pandemic, and we may need to make changes to our business based on their recommendations. In these 
circumstances, there may be developments outside our control requiring us to adjust our operating plan. As such, given the dynamic nature of this situation, 
the Company cannot reasonably estimate the impacts of COVID-19 on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows in the future. However, if 
a resurgence occurs and governments mandate restrictions, including restrictions on elective surgeries, we do expect that it could have a material adverse 
impact  on  our  revenue  growth,  operating  profit  and  cash  flow,  revised  payment  terms  with  certain  of  our  customers,  and  a  change  in  effective  tax  rate 
driven by changes in the mix of earnings across the Company’s jurisdictions.

We are focused on navigating the challenges presented by COVID-19 and believe we are in a strong position to continue to sustain and grow our 

business.

Overall Business

Market

The  primary  market  for  our  products  is  the  United  States  (“U.S.”),  where  we  sell  our  products  through  a  combination  of  direct  sales 
representatives employed by us and sales representatives employed by our exclusive independent distributors, who distribute our products on our behalf for 
a commission that is generally based on a percentage of sales. We believe there is significant opportunity to strengthen our position in the U.S. market by 
increasing the size of our sales force and continuing to add direct and distributor sales representatives in the future.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, international sales accounted for approximately 14.5% of our total sales. Internationally, we sell our 
products  through  a  combination  of  direct  sales  representatives  employed  by  us  and  exclusive  international  distributors.  We  believe  there  are  significant 
opportunities for us to increase our presence in both existing and new international markets through the continued expansion of our direct and distributor 
sales forces as well as through the commercialization of additional products.

Strategy

Our  goal  is  to  become  the  market  leader  in  providing  innovative  solutions  to  promote  healing  in  patients  with  musculoskeletal  disorders.  To 

achieve this goal, we employ the following business strategies:

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

Leverage our integrated product development engine. We plan to continue developing new products, using the capabilities of our product 
development engine. We believe our team-oriented and highly integrated development approach, active surgeon input, and demonstrated 
performance position us to maintain a rapid rate of new product launches. We launched 6 new products in 2021, have a range of new products in 
various stages of development, and expect to continue to regularly launch new products.

Increase the size, scope and productivity of our exclusive U.S. sales force. We believe there is significant opportunity for us to further penetrate 
existing markets, and to enter new markets, by increasing the size and geographic scope of our exclusive U.S. sales force for musculoskeletal 
solutions. We expect to increase the number of our direct and distributor sales representatives in the U.S., to expand into new geographic 
territories and to deepen our penetration in existing territories. We 

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

will also continue to provide our sales representatives with specialized development programs designed to improve their productivity.

(cid:0) Continue to expand into international markets. As of December 31, 2021, we had an existing direct or distributor sales presence in 49 countries 

outside the United States. We expect to continue to increase our international presence through the commercialization of additional 
musculoskeletal solutions products in current markets and through the expansion of our international sales force in current and new markets.

(cid:0) Pursue strategic acquisitions and alliances. In 2017, we acquired KB Medical SA, developer of a computer-assisted robotic guidance system, and 
in 2018 we acquired Nemaris Inc., a privately held company that markets and develops Surgimap®, a leading surgical planning software platform, 
to further bolster our efforts to advance surgical procedures through Enabling Technologies. In 2019, we acquired substantially all of the assets of 
StelKast, Inc., a privately held company that designs, manufactures and distributes orthopedic implants for knee and hip replacement surgeries. 
During the second quarter of 2020, the Company acquired Synoste Oy (“Synoste”), a Finnish engineering company that specializes in the research 
and development of a limb lengthening system. During the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company acquired Capstone Surgical Technologies, LLC. 
(“Capstone”), a privately held company that engages in the business of creating advanced drill and robotic surgery platforms. We intend to 
selectively pursue acquisitions and alliances that complement our strategic plan and provide innovative technologies, personnel with significant 
relevant experience, or increased market penetration. We regularly evaluate possible acquisitions and strategic relationships and believe that our 
resources and experience make us an attractive acquirer or partner.

The Globus Solution 

We believe that our focus on actively listening and responding to the needs of our customers with high quality solutions separates us from our 
industry  peers.  Since  2003  we  have  introduced  over  220  products  designed  for  the  treatment  of  musculoskeletal  disorders.  Given  our  robust  product 
portfolio  of  unique  and  differentiated  products,  as  well  as  the  numerous  disruptive  products  in  various  stages  of  development,  we  believe  we  are  well 
positioned for growth in the musculoskeletal markets we operate in. 

We  believe  that  our  innovative  musculoskeletal  solutions  products,  combined  with  our  ability  to  provide  world-class  service  through  a  highly 

trained and exclusive sales force and corporate account management, create significant value for our customers.

Product Categories

While  we  group  our  products  into  two  categories,  Musculoskeletal  Solutions  and  Enabling  Technologies,  they  are  not  limited  to  a  particular 
technology, platform or surgical approach. Instead, our goal is to offer a comprehensive product suite that can be used to safely and effectively treat patients 
based on their specific anatomy and condition, and is customized to the surgeon’s training and surgical preference.

Musculoskeletal Solutions

Our  Musculoskeletal  Solutions  consist  primarily  of  implantable  devices,  biologics,  accessories,  and  unique  surgical  instruments  used  in  an 
expansive  range  of  spinal,  orthopedic  and  neurosurgical  procedures.  Musculoskeletal  disorders  are  a  leading  driver  of  healthcare  costs  worldwide. 
Disorders range in severity from mild pain and loss of feeling to extreme pain and paralysis. These disorders are primarily caused by degenerative and 
congenital  conditions,  deformity,  tumors  and  traumatic  injuries.  Treatment  alternatives  for  musculoskeletal  disorders  range  from  non-operative 
conservative  therapies  to  surgical  interventions  depending  on  the  pathology.  Conservative  therapies  include  bed  rest,  medication,  casting,  bracing,  and 
physical therapy. When conservative therapies are not indicated, or fail to provide adequate quality of life improvements, surgical interventions may be 
used. Surgical treatments for musculoskeletal disorders can be instrumented, which include the use of implants, or non-instrumented, which forego the use 
of hardware but may include biologics.

Our broad spectrum of spine products addresses the vast majority of conditions affecting the spine including degenerative conditions, deformity, 
tumors, and trauma. With almost 20 years in this competitive market, we provide comprehensive solutions that facilitate both open and minimally invasive 
surgery (“MIS”) techniques. This includes traditional fusion implants such as pedicle screw and rod systems, plating systems, intervertebral spacers and 
corpectomy  devices.  We  believe  we  pioneered  innovative  expandable  solutions  for  interbody  fusion,  corpectomy  and  interspinous  fixation  that  allow 
intraoperative  customization  of  our  devices  to  the  patient’s  anatomy,  eliminating  sequential  trialing  and  potentially  saving  surgical  time.  We  have  also 
developed  treatment  options  for  motion  preservation  technologies,  such  as  dynamic  stabilization,  total  disc  replacement  and  interspinous  distraction 
devices; as well as interventional solutions to treat vertebral compression fractures. Our biologic solutions include regenerative biologic products such as 
allografts and synthetic alternatives that are adjunctive treatments typically used in combination with stabilizing implant hardware.

Our orthopedic trauma solutions are designed to treat a wide variety of orthopedic fracture patterns and patient anatomies in the upper and lower 

extremities as well as the hip. Our orthopedic trauma and extremity products, covering four major segments of the 

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
orthopedic trauma market: fracture plates, compression screws, intramedullary nails, and external fixation. We began marketing these products in 2018 and 
intend to grow our presence in this field. Fracture plating includes proximal humerus, distal radius, proximal tibia, distal tibia, distal fibula, small fragment, 
mini-fragment  and  clavicle  plates.  Intramedullary  nailing  includes  tibial,  trochanteric,  and  femoral  nail  systems.  Regenerative  biologic  products  such  as 
bone void fillers and allograft struts are also used in orthopedic procedures where applicable.

Our hip and knee joint solutions for the treatment of degenerative conditions or failed previous reconstruction have a long history of clinical use. 
Over  13  different  implants  have  been  marketed  to  date,  including  modular  hip  stems  and  acetabular  cups  for  total  hip  arthroplasty  as  well  as  posterior 
stabilizing and cruciate retaining knee arthroplasty implants. 

Enabling Technologies

Our  Enabling  Technologies  are  comprised  of  imaging,  navigation  and  robotics  (“INR”)  solutions  for  assisted  surgery  which  are  advanced 
computer-assisted intelligent systems designed to enhance a surgeon’s capabilities, and ultimately improve patient care and reduce radiation exposure for 
all  involved,  by  streamlining  surgical  procedures  to  be  safer,  less  invasive,  and  more  accurate.  The  market  for  our  Enabling  Technologies  in  spine  and 
orthopedic surgery is still in the infancy stage and consists primarily of imaging, navigation and robotic systems. In spine, a majority of these technologies 
are limited to surgical planning and assistance in implant placement for increased accuracy and time savings with less intraoperative radiation exposure to 
the patient and surgical staff. As our Enabling Technologies become more fully integrated with our Musculoskeletal Solutions, a continued rise in adoption 
is expected. Furthermore, we believe as new technologies such as augmented reality and artificial intelligence are introduced, Enabling Technologies have 
the potential to transform the way surgery is performed and most importantly, continue to improve patient outcomes.

Our INR solutions include the ExcelsiusGPS® platform which is a robotic guidance and navigation system that supports minimally invasive and 
open procedures with screw and interbody spacer placement applications. The ExcelsiusGPS® platform has a modular design that we expect will serve as a 
foundation  for  future  clinical  applications  using  artificial  intelligence  and  augmented  reality.  Also,  in  2018,  we  acquired  Nemaris  Inc.,  a  privately  held 
company that developed and marketed Surgimap®, a leading surgical planning software platform. Surgimap®’s intuitive, patient-specific surgical planning 
and cloud-based infrastructure includes predictive algorithms and visual guides that enable healthcare professionals to plan and simulate surgical treatment 
of complex deformities. The software also enables medical professionals to share medical imaging technology globally to improve procedural workflow 
and patient care.

Our innovative Enabling Technologies products offer surgeons more information about patient anatomy and surgical options to help them to make 
well-informed  preoperative  and  intraoperative  surgical  decisions.  We  believe  the  advantages  of  pre-planning  implant  position  and  viewing  implants  or 
instruments relative to patient anatomy during surgery are self-evident, and also create significant secondary gains such as eliminating radiation exposure 
altogether.

Product Development and Research

We believe in bringing products to market quickly by reducing the time from product conception to launch. We believe our approach to product 
development is unique and highly efficient. We employ an integrated team approach to product development involving collaboration among surgeons, our 
engineers,  our  dedicated  researchers,  our  highly-skilled  machinists,  and  our  regulatory  personnel.  We  believe  that  this  team  approach,  as  well  as  our 
extensive in-house facilities, allows us to design, test and obtain regulatory clearance and approvals for our products more effectively. We also believe that 
our  product  development  engine  provides  us  with  a  competitive  advantage  in  developing  solutions  to  challenging  clinical  problems  for  surgeons  and 
improving outcome for patients.

Our product development efforts are supported by our in-house research capabilities. We believe that centralizing and consolidating the critical 
elements of the product development and commercialization process in one facility allows us to bring products from the concept stage to the market more 
rapidly.  Research  resources  available  in-house  include  a  mechanical  testing  laboratory,  spinal  kinematics  laboratory,  tribology  laboratory,  cadaveric 
laboratory, materials characterization laboratory, computational laboratory, and clinical and biomechanical research experts.

The markets in which we operate are subject to rapid technological advancements. We must constantly improve existing products and introduce 

new products in order to continue to succeed. Accordingly, we have made significant investments in our product development and research capabilities.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products primarily through our exclusive global sales force. As of December 31, 2021, we had a direct or distributor sales 
presence in the United States and in 49 other countries. We have dedicated spinal implant, orthopedic trauma and INR sales teams in place. We sell our hip 
and  knee  products  primarily  through  independent  sales  agents.  We  expect  to  continue  to  increase  the  number  of  our  direct  and  distributor  sales 
representatives in each of these areas, both in the U.S. and internationally, to 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
expand into new geographic territories and to deepen our penetration in existing territories. We believe the expansion of our U.S. and international sales 
forces provides us with significant opportunities for future growth as we continue to penetrate existing geographic markets and enter new ones.

Our implant sales representatives are present in the operating room during most surgeries in the United States and in many, but not all, of the other 
countries in which our products are sold. These representatives have the responsibility to confirm that all of the items needed in the surgery are available 
and are provided sterile or are capable of being sterilized at the hospital. An assortment of sizes and quantities of implants are made available to be able to 
satisfy varying surgical requirements and patient anatomy, along with numerous surgical instruments and cases needed to safely perform the surgery and 
implantation. As products are used in surgeries, replacement items are shipped to our sales representatives and hospitals to replenish their supply.

All  of  our  U.S.  independent  distributors  are  compensated  solely  on  commission.  Most  of  our  new  direct  sales  representatives  start  with  a 
compensation arrangement that is largely based on salary. Our goal is for members of our direct sales force to move toward a compensation model based 
solely on commission as they become familiar with our products and drive higher sales.

Competition

We believe that our significant competitors are Medtronic, DePuy Synthes, Stryker, Zimmer Biomet, Smith and Nephew, and NuVasive. Orthofix, 
Integra  LifeSciences,  and  other  smaller  public  and  private  companies  are  also  competitors  of  ours.  At  any  time,  these  or  other  market  participants  may 
develop alternative treatments, products or procedures for the treatment of musculoskeletal disorders that compete directly or indirectly with our products. 
They  may  also  develop  and  patent  processes  or  products  earlier  than  we  can,  or  obtain  regulatory  clearance  or  approvals  for  competing  products  more 
rapidly than we can.

We compete in the marketplace to recruit and retain qualified scientific, management, and sales personnel, as well as in acquiring technologies and 

technology licenses complementary to our products or advantageous to our business.

Manufacturing and Supply

We have greatly expanded our dedicated in-house manufacturing capabilities. A significant portion of our implant products are manufactured in 
our facilities in Eagleville, Pennsylvania and Limerick, Pennsylvania. Most of our regenerative biologics products are processed in our facilities in San 
Antonio,  Texas,  and  in  Audubon,  Pennsylvania.  The  ExcelsiusGPS®  robotic  guidance  and  navigation  system  is  assembled  in  our  facility  in  Methuen, 
Massachusetts.

Of our implant and instrument products that are not manufactured in-house, a majority are generally manufactured through a network of third-
party suppliers. Our suppliers use high precision, computer-aided manufacturing equipment to manufacture our products. We have focused on developing a 
strong supplier base as part of our manufacturing strategy. Our relationship with our suppliers enables significant interaction between our design engineers 
and project managers and the suppliers’ engineers and schedulers to work through issues arising during the entire product development cycle. The majority 
of our suppliers are domestic, which affords our engineers and other members of our product development team the opportunity to work closely with them 
to commercialize our products.

We select our suppliers carefully and generally use a small number of suppliers for each of our key products for added reliability. Our internal 
quality  assurance  group  evaluates  the  potential  vendor  through  a  formal  vendor  approval  process  before  we  enter  into  a  relationship  with  the  vendor. 
Suppliers that meet our internal quality assurance standards are added to our approved supplier list. All of our suppliers that provide us with implants are 
ISO-13485 certified, meaning they meet the International Organization for Standardization (“ISO”) requirements for the manufacture of medical devices. 
Our quality assurance group conducts periodic audits to ensure continued compliance with our standards. With every shipment of inventory that we receive, 
our suppliers provide a certificate of compliance with our quality control standards. Our receiving group also performs inspections, packaging and labeling 
on site at our headquarters facility.

We work closely with our suppliers to ensure that our inventory needs are met while maintaining high quality and reliability. To date, we have 
experienced  slight  delays  in  locating  and  obtaining  the  materials  necessary  to  fulfill  our  production  requirements,  but  it  has  not  caused  a  meaningful 
backlog  of  sales  orders.  Despite  the  current  delays,  which  we  believe  are  temporary  and  are  primarily  driven  by  the  dynamic  nature  of  the  COVID-19 
impact on the global supply chain, we believe our supplier relationships and facilities will support our capacity needs for the foreseeable future.  However, 
it is possible that a prolonged COVID-19 disruption could cause a backlog of sales orders. A majority of our product inventory is held primarily with our 
sales representatives and at hospitals throughout the United States. We stock inventory in our warehouse facilities and retain title to consigned inventory 
which is maintained with our field representatives and hospitals in sufficient quantities so that products are available when needed for surgical procedures. 
Safety stock levels are determined based on a number of factors, including demand, manufacturing lead times, and quantities required to maintain service 
levels.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

We  protect  our  proprietary  rights  through  a  variety  of  methods.  In  particular,  we  rely  on  patent,  trademark,  copyright,  trade  secret  and  other 

intellectual property laws and also utilize nondisclosure agreements and other measures to protect our rights.

As of December 31, 2021, we owned 1,359 issued U.S. patents (1,332 utility patents; 27 design patents) and had applications pending for 538 U.S. 
patents (527 utility patents; 11 design patents), and we owned 820 issued foreign patents and had applications pending for 480 foreign patents. Our issued 
patents expired or will expire between March 2015 and February 2041.

Our trademark portfolio contains 277 registered trademarks and 124 pending trademarks. Our portfolio includes domestic and foreign trademarks 

with associated logos and tag lines.

Third-Party Coverage and Reimbursement

We  expect  that  sales  volumes  and  prices  of  our  Musculoskeletal  Solutions  products  including  spinal  implant,  orthopedic  trauma,  hip  and  knee 
arthroplasty, regenerative biologics, and advanced technology products may grow to be more dependent on the availability of coverage and reimbursement 
from third-party payors, such as state and federal programs including Medicare, Medicaid and Worker’s Compensation as well as private insurance plans 
including Blue Cross Blue Shield plans and commercial insurers. Reimbursement is dynamic and is contingent on coding for given services or procedures, 
coverage by third-party payors, and adequate payment for the services or procedures.

Physicians, hospital outpatient departments, and Ambulatory Surgery Centers (“ASC”) use Current Procedural Terminology (“CPT®”) codes to 
bill for services and procedures, which are established by the American Medical Association (“AMA”). Specialty societies such as the North American 
Spine Society, the American Association of Neurological Surgeons, and the American Academy of Orthopedic Surgeons provide advice to the AMA CPT® 
Editorial Panel for developing codes. The availability of existing codes to bill for services and procedures may impact the adoption of technology. The CPT 
codes, depending on the situation and payor rules, are sometimes billed with billing modifiers that can affect coverage and reimbursement.

The  Centers  for  Medicare  and  Medicaid  Services  (“CMS”)  and  the  National  Center  for  Health  Statistics  are  jointly  responsible  for  overseeing 
changes  and  modifications  to  International  Classification  of  Diseases,  Clinical  Modification/Procedure  Coding  System  (“ICD-10-CM/PCS”)  procedure 
codes used by all providers including physicians and facilities for reporting patient diagnosis(es) (ICD-10-CM codes) and hospitals for reporting inpatient 
procedures (ICD-10-PCS codes). ICD-10-CM/PCS was implemented in the U.S. on October 1, 2015. This represented the first major coding change for 
ICD  coding  in  over  30  years.  The  granularity  and  specificity  of  the  new  ICD-10-CM/PCS  coding  system  may  impact  reimbursement  in  the  future, 
particularly hospital inpatient reimbursement. Physician and hospital coding is subject to change, which could impact coverage and reimbursement and thus 
potentially impact physician practice behavior.

Independent of coding status, third-party payors may deny coverage based on their own criteria. Payor medical policies vary from payor to payor 
and  contract  to  contract.  There  are  thousands  of  payor  medical  policies  which  are  continually  reviewed  and  revised  at  the  discretion  of  payors.  Payor 
medical policies may become more restrictive. Payors may deem the clinical efficacy of a device or procedure to be experimental or investigational, not the 
most  cost-effective  treatment  available,  or  used  for  an  unapproved  indication.  Additionally,  many  private  payors  use  coverage  decisions  and  payment 
amounts  established  by  CMS  for  the  Medicare  program  as  guidelines  in  setting  their  coverage  and  reimbursement  policies.  Medicare  may  establish 
National Coverage Determinations (NCDs) or Medicare Administrative Contractors (MACs) may establish Local Coverage Determinations (LCDs) that 
provide coverage information and determine whether services are reasonable and necessary. As the portion of the U.S. population over the age of 65 and 
eligible  for  Medicare  continues  to  grow,  we  may  be  more  vulnerable  to  coverage  and  reimbursement  limitations  imposed  by  CMS.  National  and  local 
coverage  policy  decisions  are  subject  to  unforeseeable  change  and  have  the  potential  to  impact  physician  behavior.  We  will  continue  to  provide  the 
appropriate  resources  to  patients,  physicians,  hospitals,  and  insurers  in  order  to  promote  the  best  patient  care,  provide  clarity  regarding  coverage  and 
reimbursement policies, and work to reverse any non-coverage policies.

For  federal/state  programs,  such  as  Medicaid,  coverage  and  reimbursement  differ  from  state  to  state.  Some  state  Medicaid  programs  may  not 
reimburse  an  adequate  amount  for  the  procedures  performed  with  our  products,  if  any  payment  is  made  at  all.  In  addition,  state-level  worker’s 
compensation coverage and reimbursement vary from state to state. Payment by Medicare and other third-party payors may not be adequate to cover the 
cost of medical devices used in musculoskeletal procedures. Additionally, more musculoskeletal procedures are being performed in the hospital outpatient 
and  ASC  settings,  in  part  due  to  innovation.  Reimbursement  levels  in  the  hospital  outpatient  and  ASC  settings  are  typically  lower  than  for  the  hospital 
inpatient setting and may not be adequate to cover the cost of innovative and novel medical devices.

In international markets, reimbursement and healthcare payment systems vary significantly by country and some countries have instituted price 

ceilings on specific product lines. There can be no assurance that our products will be accepted by third-party 

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
payors,  that  coverage  and  reimbursement  will  be  available  or,  if  available,  that  the  third-party  payors’  coverage  and  reimbursement  policies  will  not 
adversely affect our ability to sell our products profitably.

We believe that the overall escalating cost of medical products and services has led to, and will continue to lead to, increased pressures on the 
healthcare industry to reduce the costs of products and services. There can be no assurance that third-party coverage and reimbursement will be available or 
adequate, or that future legislation, regulation, coding or coverage and reimbursement policies of third-party payors will not adversely affect the demand 
for our products or our ability to sell these products on a profitable basis.

Government Regulation

Our business is subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign regulations. Some of the pertinent laws have not been definitively interpreted 
by  the  regulatory  authorities  or  the  courts,  and  their  provisions  are  open  to  a  variety  of  subjective  interpretations.  In  addition,  these  laws  and  their 
interpretations are subject to change.

Both federal and state governmental agencies continue to subject the healthcare industry to intense regulatory scrutiny, including heightened civil 
and  criminal  enforcement  efforts.  We  believe  that  we  have  structured  our  business  operations  and  relationships  with  our  customers  to  comply  with  all 
applicable legal requirements. However, it is possible that governmental entities or other third parties, including Relators (whistleblowers) who  can  file 
complaints on behalf of the government and on their own behalf under the federal civil False Claims Act (“FCA”), could interpret these laws differently 
and assert otherwise. We discuss below the statutes and regulations that are most relevant to our business.

U.S. Food and Drug Administration Regulation

Our products are medical devices and human tissue products subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other federal, state, local and foreign 

regulatory bodies. FDA regulations govern, among other things, the following activities that we or our partners perform and will continue to perform:

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

product design and development;

product testing, manufacturing and safety;

post-market surveillance and reporting;

product labeling;

complaint handling;

post-market approval studies; and

product advertising, marketing and promotion.

FDA’s Pre-Market Clearance and Approval Requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the United States requires either 510(k) clearance, pre-
market approval (“PMA”), or grant of a de novo classification request from the FDA. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Devices 
deemed to pose low or moderate risk are placed in either Class I or II. Unless classified as exempt from pre-market notification, Class I and II devices 
generally  require  the  manufacturer  to  submit  to  the  FDA  a  pre-market  notification  requesting  permission  for  commercial  distribution.  This  process  is 
known as 510(k) clearance. Some low risk devices are exempt from this requirement. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-
sustaining,  life-supporting  or  implantable  devices,  and  devices  deemed  not  substantially  equivalent  to  a  previously  cleared  510(k)  devices  are  placed  in 
Class III, which typically requires approval of a PMA application. For novel Class III devices that were not previously formally classified by the FDA and 
that present low to moderate risk, a risk-based classification determination can be requested in accordance with the de novo request process, under which 
the FDA may determine that the product can be appropriately regulated as a Class I or II device. 510(k) pre-market notifications, de novo  requests,  and 
PMAs  are  subject  to  the  payment  of  user  fees,  paid  at  the  time  of  submission  for  FDA  review.  The  FDA  can  also  impose  restrictions  on  the  sale, 
distribution or use of devices at the time of their clearance or approval, or subsequent to marketing.

Human Cell, Tissue and Cellular and Tissue Based Products

We currently distribute a number of products processed from human tissue, some of which are manufactured by third-party suppliers. The FDA 
regulates human tissue products as Human Cells and Cellular and Tissue Based Products (“HCT/Ps”). Certain HCT/Ps are regulated solely under Section 
361 of the Public Health Service Act and are referred to as “Section 361 HCT/Ps,” while other HCT/Ps are subject to the FDA’s regulatory requirements for 
medical  devices  or  biologics.  Section  361  HCT/Ps  do  not  require  510(k)  clearance,  PMA  approval,  or  other  premarket  approvals  from  the  FDA  before 
marketing. Tissue banks that handle HCT/Ps must register their establishments with the FDA, list their HCT/P products with the FDA, and comply with 
FDA donor eligibility and screening requirements, current Good Tissue Practice (“CGTP”), product labeling, and post-market reporting requirements for 
HCT/Ps.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The  FDA  periodically  inspects  tissue  processors  to  determine  compliance  with  these  requirements.  Entities  that  provide  us  with  allograft  bone 
tissue are responsible for performing donor recovery, donor screening and donor testing and our compliance with those aspects of the CGTP regulations 
that regulate those functions are dependent upon the actions of these independent entities.

The  procurement  and  transplantation  of  allograft  bone  tissue  is  subject  to  U.S.  federal  law  pursuant  to  the  National  Organ  Transplant  Act 
(“NOTA”), a criminal statute which prohibits the purchase and sale of human organs used in human transplantation, including bone and related tissue, for 
“valuable  consideration.”  NOTA  permits  reasonable  payments  associated  with  the  removal,  transportation,  processing,  preservation,  quality  control, 
implantation and storage of human bone tissue. With the exception of removal and implantation, we provide services in all of these areas.

The procurement of human tissue is also subject to state anatomical gift acts and some states have statutes similar to NOTA. In addition, some 

states require that tissue processors be licensed by that state.

FDA Enforcement

The FDA enforces these requirements by inspection and market surveillance. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result 

in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions:

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

untitled letters or warning letters;

fines, injunctions and civil penalties;

recall or seizure of our products;

operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

refusing our request for 510(k) or de novo clearance or PMA of new products;

(cid:0) withdrawing 510(k) clearance or PMAs that are already granted; 

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

refusal to grant export approval of our products; and

criminal prosecution.

We  are  subject  to  unannounced  device  inspections  by  the  FDA’s  Office  of  Regulatory  Affairs,  Office  of  Compliance,  Center  for  Devices  and 
Radiological Health, and Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, as well as other regulatory agencies overseeing the implementation and adherence 
of applicable state and federal tissue licensing regulations. These inspections may include our suppliers’ facilities.

On October 31, 2018, we received a warning letter from the FDA resulting from an inspection of the facilities of our subsidiary Human Biologics 
of Texas, located in San Antonio, Texas, in April 2018. The letter described observed non-conformities to regulations for human cells, tissues, and cellular 
and tissue-based products relating to one allograft tissue product processed by Human Biologics of Texas and sold to end users by us.  We take the matters 
identified  in  the  warning  letter  seriously  and  are  working  diligently  to  address  the  FDA’s  observations.    We  responded  to  the  FDA’s  warning  letter  on 
November  20,  2018,  and  subsequently  have  provided  periodic  updates  regarding  our  progress  towards  addressing  the  FDA’s  observations.    As  of 
December 31, 2021, this warning letter remains open.

We believe that the FDA’s concerns set forth in the warning letter can be resolved without a material impact to our financial results. We cannot, 

however, give any assurances that the FDA will be satisfied with our response or as to the expected date of the resolution of the matters included in the 
warning letter. Until the issues cited in the warning letter are resolved to the FDA’s satisfaction, additional legal or regulatory action may be taken without 
further notice. Any adverse action by the FDA, depending on its magnitude, may restrict us from effectively producing, marketing and selling the product 
that is the subject matter of the warning letter and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

International

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. In order to 
market our products in other countries, we must obtain regulatory approvals and comply with extensive safety and quality regulations in other countries. 
The time required to obtain approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and the requirements 
may differ. The European Union/European Economic Area (“EEA”) requires a CE mark in order to market medical devices. Many other countries, such as 
Australia,  India,  New  Zealand,  Pakistan  and  Sri  Lanka,  accept  CE  or  FDA  clearance  or  approval.  Other  countries,  such  as  Brazil,  Canada  and  Japan, 
require separate regulatory filings.

In  the  EEA,  our  devices  are  required  to  comply  with  the  essential  requirements  of  the  EU  Medical  Device  Directive  (Council  Directive 
93/42/EEC).  Compliance  with  these  requirements  entitles  us  to  affix  the  CE  conformity  mark  to  our  medical  devices,  without  which  they  cannot  be 
commercialized  in  the  EEA.  To  demonstrate  compliance  with  the  essential  requirements  and  obtain  the  right  to  affix  the  CE  conformity  mark  we  must 
undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device 

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
and its classification. Following the expiration of the existing Directive 93/42 CE mark (May 2024), all medical device companies manufacturing and/or 
marketing products in the EEA, including Globus, will be required to comply with requirements of the Medical Devices Regulation EU 2017/745, which 
are generally stricter and include increasing technical documentation requirements and altering the classification of some products. Most devices that are 
CE marked under Directive 93/42 may continue to be marketed in the EU under certain conditions until May 2024, at which point these products must 
comply with the new regulation.  Products placed on the market under the Medical Device Directive may continue to be sold for one year after May 2024.

Additionally, in the EEA the procurement, testing, processing, preservation, storage and distribution of human tissues and cells is subject to the 

requirements of the laws of individual EEA Member States implementing Directive 2004/23/EC, Directive 2006/17/EC and Directive 2006/86/EC.

Further,  the  advertising  and  promotion  of  our  products  in  the  EEA  is  subject  to  limited  provisions  under  Regulation  2017/745  and  the  laws  of 
individual EEA Member States implementing Directive 2006/114/EC concerning misleading and comparative advertising, and Directive 2005/29/EC on 
unfair commercial practices, as well as other EEA Member State laws and industry codes governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices. 
These  laws  and  codes  may  limit  or  restrict  the  advertising  and  promotion  of  our  products  to  the  general  public  and  may  impose  limitations  on  our 
promotional activities with healthcare professionals.  With the departure of the UK from the EU in January 2021, while CE marking will continue to be 
accepted by the UK until July 2023, a separate UKCA mark will be thereafter required to market a device in the UK.

We are subject to unannounced device inspections by the Notified Body (an organization accredited by a Member State of the EEA to conduct 
conformity assessments), as well as other regulatory agencies overseeing the implementation and adherence of applicable regulations. These inspections 
may include our suppliers’ facilities.

Sales and Marketing Commercial Compliance 

Federal anti-kickback laws and regulations prohibit, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or 
paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for, or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, 
any  good  or  service  paid  for  under  federal  healthcare  programs  such  as  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs.    State  anti-kickback  laws  have  similar 
prohibitions.

In addition, federal false claims laws prohibit any person from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false claim for payment to the 
federal  government,  or  knowingly  making,  or  causing  to  be  made,  a  false  statement  to  get  a  false  claim  paid.  Violations  of  the  federal  Anti-Kickback 
Statute and off-label promotion have been pursued by the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) and the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) as 
violations  of  the  civil  False  Claims  Act  (“FCA”).    Lawsuits  under  the  FCA  often  are  initiated  by  Relators  on  behalf  of  the  government.    Relators  are 
incentivized to pursue claims against manufacturers and providers by the potential to share in any monetary recoveries by the government in litigation or as 
part of a settlement, which can be significant.  Pursuant to FDA regulations, we can only market our products for cleared or approved uses.  Although 
surgeons are permitted to use medical devices for indications other than those cleared or approved by the FDA based on their medical judgment, we are 
prohibited from promoting products for such off-label uses.  A bill pending before the Senate of the United States, the False Claims Amendments Act of 
2021 (SB 2428), which was reported favorably out of the Committee on the Judiciary, would broaden the applicability of the FCA and implement other 
changes that would not be favorable to defendants in FCA cases.  If enacted, the False Claims Amendment Act would apply to any case filed under the 
FCA on or after the date of enactment.  Additionally, the majority of states in which we market our products have similar anti-kickback, false claims, anti-
fee splitting and physician self-referral laws, which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers, and 
violations may result in substantial civil and criminal penalties.

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and similar anti-bribery laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions, such as the United Kingdom’s Bribery 
Act,  generally  prohibit  companies  and  their  intermediaries  from  making  improper  payments  to  non-U.S.  government  officials  and  (in  the  case  of  the 
Bribery Act) private sector decision makers for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Because of the predominance of government-administered 
healthcare systems in many jurisdictions around the world, many of our customer relationships outside of the U.S. are with governmental entities and are 
therefore  potentially  subject  to  such  laws.  Global  enforcement  of  anti-corruption  laws  has  increased  considerably  in  recent  years,  with  more  frequent 
voluntary  self-disclosures  by  companies,  aggressive  investigations  and  enforcement  proceedings  by  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  governmental  agencies,  and 
assessment of significant fines and penalties against companies and individuals. It is our policy to implement safeguards to educate our employees and 
agents  on  these  legal  requirements  and  prohibit  improper  practices.  The  government  may  seek  to  hold  us  liable  for  FCPA  violations  committed  by 
companies that we acquire. Violations of these laws may be punishable by criminal or civil sanctions, including substantial fines, imprisonment of current 
or former employees and exclusion from participation in governmental healthcare programs.

Additionally, we must comply with a variety of other laws that protect the privacy of individually identifiable healthcare information and impose 
extensive tracking and reporting related to transfers of value provided to certain healthcare professionals. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, 
as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, imposes 

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
reporting  and  disclosure  requirements  on  device  manufacturers  with  respect  to  ownership  and  investment  interests  by  physicians  and  members  of  their 
immediate family as well as certain payments or other “transfers of value” made to physicians and other healthcare providers licensed in the U.S. and to 
teaching  hospitals.    Several  states  in  which  we  market  our  products  also  have  imposed  healthcare  provider  payment  reporting,  gift  ban  and  compliance 
program requirements on device manufacturers.    The shifting compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems 
to comply in multiple jurisdictions with different compliance and/or reporting requirements increases the possibility that a healthcare company may run 
afoul of one or more of the requirements.

Environmental Matters

The manufacture of certain of our products, including our allograft implants and products, and the handling of materials used in the product testing 
process, including in our cadaveric laboratory, involve the controlled use of biological, hazardous and/or radioactive materials and wastes. Our business and 
facilities and those of our suppliers are subject to foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and the 
environment, including those governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of, and exposure to, such materials and wastes. In addition, 
under some environmental laws and regulations, we could be held responsible for costs relating to any contamination at our past or present facilities and at 
third-party waste disposal sites even if such contamination was not caused by us.

We  are  not  currently  aware  of  any  material  costs  or  liabilities  relating  to  environmental  matters,  including  any  claims  or  actions  under 
environmental laws or obligations to perform any cleanups at any of our facilities or any third-party waste disposal sites that we expect to have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results. However, it is possible that material environmental costs or liabilities may arise in 
the future.

Human Capital

We believe our employees are our most valuable asset and are critical to our success as an organization. Our talent related initiatives, including 
employee recruitment and development, diversity and inclusion and compensation and benefit programs, are focused on building and retaining the world-
class and talented staff that is needed to meet our goals.

As  of  December  31,  2021,  we  had  over  2,400  employees,  including  sales  and  marketing,  product  development,  general  administrative  and 
accounting, both domestically and internationally. Our employees are not subject to a collective bargaining agreement except in a single market outside the 
U.S., and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Information

We  were  incorporated  in  Delaware  in  March  2003.  Our  principal  executive  offices  are  located  at  2560  General  Armistead  Avenue,  Audubon, 
Pennsylvania 19403, and our telephone number at that location is (610) 930-1800. Our corporate website address is http://www.globusmedical.com. The 
information contained in or accessible through our website or contained on other websites is not deemed to be part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We  are  subject  to  the  filing  requirements  of  the  Exchange  Act.  Therefore,  we  file  annual  reports,  periodic  reports,  proxy  statements  and  other 
information  with  the  SEC.  The  SEC  maintains  a  website  (www.sec.gov)  that  contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements,  and  other  information 
regarding issuers that file electronically.

We make our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to such reports filed 
or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act available free of charge through a link on the Investors section of our website located 
at http://www.globusmedical.com (under “SEC Filings”) as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the SEC.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Risk factors that could cause our actual results to differ from our expectations and that could negatively impact our business, results of operations 
and financial condition are discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, results 
of operations, financial condition and future growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected. You should carefully read and consider each of 
these risks, together with all of the other information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the 
only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may also materially adversely 
affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and future growth prospects, and our stock price.

We are providing the following summary of the risk factors contained in our Form 10-K to enhance the readability and accessibility of our risk 
factor  disclosures.  We  encourage  our  stockholders  to  carefully  review  the  full  risk  factors  contained  in  this  Form  10-K  in  their  entirety  for  additional 
information regarding the risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to vary materially from recent results or from our anticipated future 
results.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

(cid:0) To be commercially successful, we must convince surgeons and hospitals that our products are an attractive alternative to our competitors’ 

(cid:0)
(cid:0)

(cid:0)

products and to existing surgical treatments of musculoskeletal disorders.
Pricing pressure from our competitors and our customers may impact our ability to sell our products profitably.
If our customers are unable to obtain adequate coverage and reimbursement for their purchases of our products, we may not be able to sell them 
profitably.
If we are unable to maintain and expand our network of direct sales representatives and independent distributors, we may not be able to generate 
anticipated sales.

(cid:0) Our sales and operating results may be negatively affected and we may not grow if we are unable to compete successfully.
(cid:0) We are dependent on a limited number of third-party suppliers for our Musculoskeletal Solutions products and components used in our Enabling 

Technologies products.

(cid:0) The proliferation of physician-owned distributorships (“PODs”) could result in increased pricing pressure on our products or harm our ability to 

sell our products to physicians.

If we do not enhance our product offerings and introduce new products, we may be unable to effectively compete.

(cid:0) Our business could suffer if we lose the services of key members of our senior management, advisors or personnel.
(cid:0) The safety and efficacy of our products is not yet supported by long-term clinical data.
(cid:0)
(cid:0) We are subject to risks arising from our acquisitions of or investments in new or complementary businesses, products or technologies.
(cid:0) We are required to maintain high levels of inventory, which may be costly.
(cid:0) We rely on information technology systems and network infrastructure to operate and manage our business, which may be subject to a breach, 

cyber-attack or other disruption.

(cid:0) We are subject to data privacy laws and our failure to comply with them could subject us to substantial liabilities.
(cid:0)

If we experience significant disruptions in our information technology systems, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be 
adversely affected.

(cid:0) Consolidation in the healthcare industry could lead to demands for price concessions or to the exclusion of some suppliers from certain of our 

(cid:0)

markets, which could have an adverse effect on our business.
If our Enabling Technologies products require significant amounts of service after sale or we receive a significant number of warranty claims, our 
costs may increase.

(cid:0) We experience long and variable capital sales cycles for our Enabling Technologies products.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Legal and Regulatory Environment

(cid:0) Our medical device products and operations are subject to extensive governmental regulation both in the United States and abroad.
(cid:0) Modifications to our products may require new 510(k) or de novo clearances, PMAs or PMA supplements.
(cid:0) Our HCT/P products are subject to extensive government regulation.
(cid:0) We and our suppliers are subject to the FDA’s good manufacturing practice regulations and similar international regulations.
(cid:0) We may be subject to a recall of our products or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products.
(cid:0) We may be subject to enforcement action if we engage in the off-label promotion of our products.
(cid:0) Governmental regulation and limited sources and suppliers could restrict our procurement and use of tissue.
(cid:0) Negative publicity concerning methods of tissue recovery and screening of donor tissue could reduce demand for our regenerative biologics 

products and impact the supply of available donor tissue.

(cid:0) We are subject to environmental laws and regulations that can impose significant costs and expose us to potential financial liabilities.
(cid:0) We or our suppliers may be the subject of claims for non-compliance with FDA regulations in connection with the processing, manufacturing or 

distribution of regenerative biologics implants and products.

(cid:0) We and our distributor sales representatives might be subject to claims for failing to comply with U.S. federal, state and foreign fraud and abuse 

laws.

Risks Related to our International Operations

(cid:0) We may fail to obtain or maintain foreign regulatory approvals to market our products in other countries.
(cid:0) We are subject to risks associated with our non-U.S. operations.
(cid:0) Our results of operations could suffer if we are unable to manage our planned international expansion effectively.
(cid:0) We are subject to risks arising from currency exchange rate fluctuations on our international transactions and translation of local currency results 

into United States dollars, which could adversely affect our profitability.

Risks Related to our Financial Results and Need for Financing

(cid:0) We will need to generate significant sales to remain profitable
(cid:0) We may be unable to grow our revenue or earnings as anticipated, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
(cid:0) Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly.

Risks Related to our Intellectual Property and Potential Litigation

(cid:0) We could become subject to litigation that could be costly and result in the diversion of management’s time and efforts.

Risks Related to the Ownership of our Class A Common Stock

(cid:0) Because of their significant stock ownership, our executive officers, and our directors and principal stockholders will be able to exert control over 

us and our significant corporate decisions.

(cid:0) We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange Rules.
(cid:0) Our Board is authorized to issue and designate shares of our preferred stock in additional series without stockholder approval.
(cid:0) Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law may discourage or prevent a change of control.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

General Risk Factors

If we do not successfully implement our business strategy, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected
If we fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.
Fluctuations in insurance cost and availability could adversely affect our profitability or our risk management profile.

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0) We are exposed to the credit risk of some of our customers, which could result in material losses.
(cid:0) The widespread outbreak of a communicable disease, or any other public health crisis, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of 

operations.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

To be commercially successful, we must convince surgeons and hospitals that our products are an attractive alternative to our competitors’ products 
and  that  our  Enabling  Technologies  and  Musculoskeletal  Solutions  products  are  an  attractive  alternative  to  existing  surgical  treatments  of 
musculoskeletal disorders.

Surgeons play a significant role in determining the course of treatment and, ultimately, the type of product that will be used to treat a patient, so we 
rely  on  effectively  marketing  to  them.  Hospitals,  however,  are  increasingly  involved  in  the  evaluation  of  products  and  product  purchasing  decisions.  In 
order for us to sell our products, we must convince surgeons and hospitals that our products are attractive alternatives to competing products for use in 
procedures.  Acceptance  of  our  products  depends  on  educating  surgeons  and  hospitals  as  to  the  distinctive  characteristics,  perceived  benefits,  safety  and 
cost-effectiveness of our products as compared to our competitors’ products and on training surgeons in the proper application of our products. If we are 
not  successful  in  convincing  surgeons  and  hospitals  of  the  merit  of  our  products  or  educating  them  on  the  use  of  our  products,  they  may  not  use  our 
products and we will be unable to increase our sales and sustain growth or profitability.

Furthermore, we believe surgeons will not widely adopt certain of our most novel Musculoskeletal Solutions or Enabling Technologies products 
unless  they  determine,  based  on  experience,  clinical  data  and  published  peer-reviewed  journal  articles,  that  MIS  techniques,  our  motion  preservation, 
regenerative biologics, and INR technologies provide benefits or are an attractive alternative to conventional treatments of musculoskeletal disorders and 
incorporate improved technologies that permit novel surgical procedures.

Surgeons, and in certain instances, hospitals, may be hesitant to change their medical treatment practices or the products available for use to treat 

patients for the following reasons, among others:

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)

lack of experience with MIS, motion preservation, regenerative biologics or INR technologies;
lack or perceived lack of evidence supporting additional patient benefits;
perceived liability risks generally associated with the use of new products and procedures;

limited or lack of availability of coverage and reimbursement within healthcare payment systems;
costs associated with the purchase of new products and equipment; and
the time commitment that may be required for training.

If we are unable to convince surgeons and hospitals to use our products, or long-term data does not show the benefits of using our products, we 

will not achieve expected sales or sustain our growth, and our financial condition and results of operation may be adversely affected.

Pricing  pressure  from  our  competitors  and  our  customers  may  impact  our  ability  to  sell  our  products  at  prices  necessary  to  support  our  current 
business strategies.

The musculoskeletal devices industry is characterized by intense competition and continues to attract numerous new companies and technologies, 
which  has  encouraged  more  established  companies  to  intensify  competitive  pricing  pressure.  As  a  result  of  this  increased  competition,  as  well  as  the 
challenges  of  third-party  coverage  and  reimbursement  practices,  we  believe  there  will  be  continued  pricing  pressure  in  the  future.  If  competitive  forces 
drive  down  the  prices  we  are  able  to  charge  for  our  products,  our  profit  margins  will  shrink,  which  will  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  maintain  our 
profitability and to invest in and grow our business.

If  our  hospital  and  other  healthcare  provider  customers  are  unable  to  obtain  adequate  coverage  and  reimbursement  for  their  purchases  of  our 
Musculoskeletal Solutions products, we may not be able to sell our Musculoskeletal Solutions products at prices necessary to maintain our profitability 
or at all.

Maintaining  and  growing  sales  of  our  products  depends  on  the  availability  of  adequate  coverage  and  reimbursement  from  third-party  payors, 
including  government  programs  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid,  private  insurance  plans  and  managed  care  programs.  Hospitals  and  other  healthcare 
providers that purchase our Musculoskeletal Solutions products generally rely on third-party payors to cover all or part of the costs associated with the 
procedures performed with these products, including the cost to purchase the product. 

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
Our customers’ access to adequate coverage and reimbursement for the procedures performed with our Musculoskeletal Solutions products by government 
and private insurance plans is central to the acceptance of our current and future products. We may be unable to sell our Musculoskeletal Solutions products 
on a profitable basis, or at all, if third-party payors deny coverage or reduce their current levels of payment. If our cost of production increases faster than 
increases in reimbursement levels for the Musculoskeletal Solutions products, our profitability may be negatively impacted.

Future  action  by  CMS  (which  administers  the  Medicare  program  and  provides  oversight  and  funding  to  state  Medicaid  programs),  other 
government agencies or private payors, may diminish payments to physicians, outpatient surgery centers and/or hospitals, which could harm our ability to 
market  and  sell  our  products.  Private  payors  may  adopt  coverage  decisions  and  payment  amounts  determined  by  CMS  as  guidelines  in  setting  their 
coverage and reimbursement policies. Private payors that do not follow the Medicare guidelines may adopt different coverage and reimbursement policies 
for procedures performed with our products. In addition, for governmental programs, such as Medicaid, coverage and reimbursement differs from state to 
state. Medicaid payments to physicians and facilities are often lower than payments by other third-party payors and some state Medicaid programs may not 
pay an adequate amount for the procedures performed with our products, if any payment is made at all. Furthermore, the healthcare industry in the United 
States  has  experienced  a  trend  toward  cost  containment  as  government  and  private  insurers  seek  to  control  rising  healthcare  costs  by  imposing  lower 
payment rates and negotiating reduced contract rates with service providers.

Third-party  payors,  including  public  and  private  payors,  may  develop  negative  coverage  policies  impacting  our  Musculoskeletal  Solutions 
products. In addition, some payors have changed their coverage policies to be more restrictive as to the criteria under which they will cover and reimburse 
for  vertebral  fusions  in  the  lumbar  spine  to  treat  multilevel  degenerative  disc  disease,  initial  primary  laminectomy/discectomy  for  nerve  root 
decompression,  or  spinal  stenosis.  Although  these  coverage  policy  changes  have  not  had  a  material  impact  on  our  business,  other  insurers  may  adopt 
similar  coverage  decisions  in  the  future.  Patients  covered  by  these  insurers  may  be  unwilling  or  unable  to  afford  lumbar  fusion  surgeries  to  treat  these 
conditions,  which  could  materially  harm  or  limit  our  ability  to  sell  our  Musculoskeletal  Solutions  products  designed  for  lumbar  fusion  procedures.  Our 
business would be negatively impacted if the trend by governmental agencies or third-party payors continues to reduce coverage of and/or reimbursement 
for procedures using our Musculoskeletal Solutions products.

We  cannot  be  certain  that  under  current  and  future  payment  systems,  such  as  those  utilized  by  Medicare  and  in  many  private  managed  care 
systems, the cost of our Musculoskeletal Solutions products will be adequately incorporated into the overall cost of the procedure. Therefore, we cannot be 
certain that the procedures performed with our Musculoskeletal Solutions products will be reimbursed at a sufficiently profitable level, or at all.

To  the  extent  we  sell  our  Musculoskeletal  Solutions  products  internationally,  market  acceptance  may  depend,  in  part,  upon  the  availability  of 
coverage and reimbursement within prevailing healthcare payment systems. Reimbursement and healthcare payment systems in international markets vary 
significantly by country, and include both government-sponsored healthcare and private insurance. Our Musculoskeletal Solutions products may not obtain 
international coverage and reimbursement approvals in a timely manner, if at all. Our failure to receive such approvals would negatively impact market 
acceptance of our products in the international markets in which those approvals are sought.

If  we  are  unable  to  maintain  and  expand  our  network  of  direct  sales  representatives  and  independent  distributors,  we  may  not  be  able  to  generate 
anticipated sales.

Our operating results are directly dependent upon the sales and marketing efforts of not only our employees, but also our independent distributors. 
We expect our direct sales representatives and independent distributors to develop long-lasting relationships with the surgeons they serve. If our direct sales 
representatives or independent distributors fail to adequately promote, market and sell our products, our sales could significantly decrease.

We face significant challenges and risks in managing our geographically dispersed distribution network and retaining the individuals who make up 
that network. If any of our direct sales representatives were to leave us, or if any of our independent distributors were to cease to do business with us, our 
sales could be adversely affected. Some of our independent distributors account for a significant portion of our sales volume, and if any such independent 
distributor were to cease to distribute our products, our sales could be adversely affected. In such a situation, we may need to seek alternative independent 
distributors or increase our reliance on our direct sales representatives, which may not prevent our sales from being adversely affected. If a direct sales 
representative  or  independent  distributor  were  to  depart  and  be  retained  by  one  of  our  competitors,  we  may  be  unable  to  prevent  them  from  helping 
competitors  solicit  business  from  our  existing  customers,  which  could  further  adversely  affect  our  sales.  Because  of  the  intense  competition  for  their 
services, we may be unable to recruit or retain additional qualified independent distributors or to hire additional direct sales representatives to work with us. 
We may not be able to enter into agreements with them on favorable or commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Failure to hire or retain qualified direct 
sales representatives or independent distributors would prevent us from maintaining or expanding our business and generating sales.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

As  we  launch  new  products  and  increase  our  marketing  efforts  with  respect  to  existing  products,  we  will  need  to  expand  the  reach  of  our 
marketing  and  sales  networks.  Our  future  success  will  depend  largely  on  our  ability  to  continue  to  hire,  train,  retain  and  motivate  skilled  direct  sales 
representatives and independent distributors with significant technical knowledge in various areas. New hires require training and take time to achieve full 
productivity. If we fail to train new hires adequately, or if we experience high turnover in our sales force in the future, we cannot be certain that new hires 
will become as productive as may be necessary to maintain or increase our sales.

If we are unable to expand our sales and marketing capabilities domestically and internationally, we may not be able to effectively commercialize 

our products, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We operate in a very competitive business environment and if we are unable to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, our 
sales and operating results may be negatively affected and we may not grow.

Our industry is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and highly sensitive to the introduction of new products or other market activities of 
industry  participants.  We  believe  that  our  significant  competitors  are  Medtronic,  DePuy  Synthes,  Stryker,  Zimmer  Biomet,  Smith  and  Nephew,  and 
NuVasive. Orthofix, Integra LifeSciences and other smaller public and private companies are also competitors of ours. At any time, these or other industry 
participants may develop alternative treatments, products or procedures for the treatment of musculoskeletal disorders that compete directly or indirectly 
with our products. They may also develop and patent processes or products earlier than we can or obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for competing 
products more rapidly than we can, which could impair our ability to develop and commercialize similar processes or products. If alternative treatments 
are, or are perceived to be, superior to our musculoskeletal surgery products, sales of our products could be negatively affected and our results of operations 
could suffer.

Many  of  our  current  and  potential  competitors  are  major  medical  device  companies  that  have  substantially  greater  financial,  technical  and 

marketing resources than we do, and they may succeed in developing products that would render our products obsolete or noncompetitive.

Many of our larger competitors enjoy several competitive advantages over us, including:

greater financial, human and other resources for product research and development, sales and marketing and litigation;
significantly greater name recognition;
established relationships with surgeons, hospitals and other healthcare providers;
large and established sales and marketing and distribution networks;
products supported by long-term clinical data;
greater experience in obtaining and maintaining regulatory clearances or approvals for products and product enhancements;

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0) more expansive portfolios of intellectual property rights; and
(cid:0)

greater ability to cross-sell their products or to incentivize hospitals or surgeons to use their products.

The frequent introduction by competitors of products that compete with our existing or planned products may also make it difficult to market or 
sell our products. In addition, the entry of multiple new products and competitors, including PODs, may lead some of our competitors to employ pricing 
strategies that could adversely affect the pricing of our products and pricing in the musculoskeletal implant and device market generally.

As a result, our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability to develop proprietary products that reach the market in a timely manner, 
receive adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, and are safer, less invasive and more effective than alternatives available for similar 
purposes. If we are unable to do so, our sales or margins could decrease, thereby harming our business.

We  are  dependent  on  a  limited  number  of  third-party  suppliers  for  our  Musculoskeletal  Solutions  products  and  components  used  in  our  Enabling 
Technologies  products,  and  the  loss  of  any  of  these  suppliers,  or  their  inability  to  provide  us  with  an  adequate  supply  of  materials,  could  harm  our 
business.

We rely on third-party suppliers to supply many of our Musculoskeletal Solutions products and the components used in our Enabling Technologies 
products.  For  us  to  be  successful,  our  suppliers  must  be  able  to  provide  us  with  products  and  components  in  substantial  quantities,  in  compliance  with 
regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis. Our anticipated growth could strain the 
ability of our suppliers to deliver an increasingly large supply of products, materials and components. Other issues, including shortages of raw materials or 
components,  problems  with  production  yields  and  quality  control  and  assurance,  especially  with  products  such  as  allograft,  which  is  processed  human 
tissue, could impair a supplier’s ability to supply us with product quantities necessary to support our sales. Furthermore, under our supplier agreements, our 
suppliers generally have no obligation to manufacture for us or sell to us any specific quantity of products. If we are unable to obtain sufficient 

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
quantities of high-quality components to meet demand on a timely basis, we could lose customers, our reputation may be harmed and our business could 
suffer.

We generally use a small number of suppliers for each of our products and components. Our dependence on such a limited number of suppliers 
exposes us to risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality and delivery schedules. If any one or more of our suppliers cease to provide 
us with sufficient quantities of manufactured products in a timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, or cease to manufacture components of acceptable 
quality, we would have to seek alternative sources of supply. Because of the nature of our internal quality control requirements, regulatory requirements 
and  the  custom  and  proprietary  nature  of  the  parts,  we  cannot  quickly  engage  additional  or  replacement  suppliers  for  many  of  our  critical  components. 
Failure of any of our third-party suppliers to deliver products at the level our business requires would limit our ability to meet our sales commitments to our 
customers and could have a material adverse effect on our business. We may also have difficulty obtaining similar components from other suppliers that are 
acceptable to the FDA or other foreign regulatory authorities. We could incur delays while we locate and engage qualified alternative suppliers, and we 
may be unable to engage alternative suppliers on favorable terms or at all. Any such disruption or increased expenses could harm our commercialization 
efforts and adversely affect our ability to generate sales.

The proliferation of PODs could result in increased pricing pressure on our products or harm our ability to sell our products to physicians who own or 
are affiliated with those distributorships.

PODs are medical device distributors that are owned, directly or indirectly, by physicians. These physicians derive a proportion of their revenue 
from selling or arranging for the sale of medical devices for use in procedures they perform on their own patients at hospitals that agree to purchase from or 
through the POD, or that otherwise furnish ordering physicians with income that is based directly or indirectly on those orders of medical devices.

We  do  not  sell  or  distribute  any  of  our  products  through  PODs.  The  number  of  PODs  may  continue  to  grow  as  economic  pressures  increase 
throughout the industry, as hospitals, insurers and physicians search for ways to reduce costs, and, in the case of the physicians, search for ways to increase 
their incomes. These companies and the physicians who own, or partially own, them have significant market knowledge and access to the surgeons who use 
our products and the hospitals that purchase our products, and growth in this area may reduce our ability to compete effectively for business from surgeons 
who own such distributorships.

Our business could suffer if we lose the services of key members of our senior management, key advisors or personnel.

We are dependent upon the continued services of key members of our senior management and a limited number of key advisors and personnel. In 
particular, we are highly dependent on the skills and leadership of our Executive Chairman, David C. Paul, and our Chief Executive Officer, David M. 
Demski. The loss of any one of these individuals could disrupt our operations or our strategic plans. Additionally, our future success will depend on, among 
other things, our ability to continue to hire and retain the necessary qualified scientific, technical and managerial personnel, for whom we compete with 
numerous  other  companies,  academic  institutions  and  organizations.  The  loss  of  members  of  our  management  team,  key  advisors  or  personnel,  or  our 
inability to attract or retain other qualified personnel or advisors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial 
condition. Though members of our sales force generally enter into noncompetition agreements that restrict their ability to compete with us, most of the 
members  of  our  executive  management  team  are  not  subject  to  such  agreements.  Accordingly,  the  adverse  effect  resulting  from  the  loss  of  certain 
executives could be compounded by our inability to prevent them from competing with us.

The safety and efficacy of our products is not yet supported by long-term clinical data, which could limit sales, and our products might therefore prove 
to be less safe and effective than initially thought.

All of the products we currently market in the United States, other than our SECURE®-C cervical disc, have either received pre-market clearance 
under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”) or are exempt from pre-market review. The FDA's 510(k) clearance process 
requires us to show that our proposed product is “substantially equivalent” to another 510(k)-cleared product. This process is shorter and typically requires 
the submission of less supporting documentation than other FDA approval processes and does not always require long-term clinical studies. Additionally, 
to date, we have not been required to complete long-term clinical studies in connection with the sale of our products outside the United States, except our 
SECURE®-C device, which was prospectively studied through seven-year postoperative clinical study as part of the Post-Market Approval (PMA) process. 
As a result, we currently lack the breadth of published long-term clinical data supporting the safety and efficacy of virtually all of our products and the 
benefits  they  offer  that  might  have  been  generated  in  connection  with  other  approval  processes.  For  these  reasons,  surgeons  may  be  slow  to  adopt  our 
products, we may not have comparative data that our competitors have or are generating, and we may be subject to greater regulatory and product liability 
risks. Further, future patient studies or clinical experience may indicate that treatment with our products does not improve patient outcomes. Such results 
would slow the adoption of our products by surgeons, significantly reduce our ability to achieve expected sales, and could prevent us from sustaining our 
profitability.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Moreover,  if  future  results  and  experience  indicate  that  our  products  cause  unexpected  or  serious  complications  or  other  unforeseen  negative 
effects, we could be subject to mandatory product recalls, product seizures, suspension or withdrawal of FDA clearance or approval, and significant legal 
liability or harm to our business reputation.

If  we  do  not  enhance  our  existing  product  offerings  and  introduce  new  products  through  our  research  and  development  and  product  development 
efforts, we may be unable to effectively compete.

In  order  to  increase  our  market  share,  we  must  enhance  and  broaden  our  product  offerings  in  response  to  changing  customer  demands  and 
competitive pressures and technologies.  The success of any new product offering or enhancement to an existing product will depend on numerous factors, 
including our ability to:

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)

properly identify and anticipate surgeon and patient needs;
develop and introduce new products or product enhancements in a timely manner;
adequately protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third parties;
demonstrate the safety and efficacy of new products; and
obtain the necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for new products or product enhancements.

If we do not develop and obtain regulatory clearance or approval for new products or product enhancements in time to meet market demand, or if 
there  is  insufficient  demand  for  these  products  or  enhancements,  our  results  of  operations  will  suffer.    Our  research  and  development  and  product 
development efforts may require a substantial investment of time and resources before we are adequately able to determine the commercial viability of a 
new product, technology, material or other innovation.  In addition, even if we are able to successfully develop enhancements or new generations of our 
products,  these  enhancements  or  new  generations  of  products  may  not  produce  sales  in  excess  of  the  costs  of  development  and  they  may  be  quickly 
rendered obsolete by changing customer preferences or the introduction by our competitors of products embodying new technologies or features.

We introduced the ExcelsiusGPS®  platform  as  well  as  orthopedic  trauma  products.    Prior  to  launching,  we  had  no  prior  experience  marketing 
these new products and we may launch new products in the future that we have no prior experience marketing. We will need to convince a new audience of 
surgeons  and  hospital  personnel  that  our  new  products  are  attractive  alternatives  to  competing  products  for  use  in  applicable  procedures.  If  we  are  not 
successful  in  convincing  surgeons  and  hospitals  of  the  merit  of  new  products  or  educating  them  on  their  use,  our  sales  and  operating  results  may  be 
negatively affected and we may not grow as quickly as we anticipate.

We  may  seek  to  grow  our  business  through  acquisitions  of  or  investments  in  new  or  complementary  businesses,  products  or  technologies,  and  the 
failure to manage acquisitions or investments, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could have a material adverse effect on us.

From time to time we expect to consider opportunities to acquire or make investments in other technologies, products and businesses that may 
enhance our capabilities, complement our current products or expand the breadth of our markets or customer base. Potential and completed acquisitions and 
strategic investments involve numerous risks, including:

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)

problems assimilating the purchased technologies, products or business operations;
issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies;
unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions;
diversion of management’s attention from our core business;
adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;
risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;
potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses; and
increased legal and accounting compliance costs.

We  do  not  know  if  we  will  be  able  to  identify  acquisitions  we  deem  suitable,  whether  we  will  be  able  to  successfully  complete  any  such 
acquisitions on favorable terms or at all, or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, product or technology into our business 
or retain any key personnel, suppliers or distributors. Our ability to successfully grow through acquisitions depends upon our ability to identify, negotiate, 
complete and integrate suitable target businesses and to obtain any necessary financing. These efforts could be expensive and time-consuming, and may 
disrupt our ongoing business and prevent management from focusing on our operations. If we are unable to integrate any acquired businesses, products or 
technologies effectively, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be materially adversely affected.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We are required to maintain high levels of inventory, which could consume a significant amount of our resources and reduce our cash flows.

As  a  result  of  the  need  to  maintain  substantial  levels  of  inventory,  we  are  subject  to  the  risk  of  inventory  obsolescence.  Many  of  our 
Musculoskeletal  Solutions  products  come  in  sets,  which  feature  components  in  a  variety  of  sizes  to  satisfy  the  particular  patient’s  anatomical  needs.  In 
order to market our Musculoskeletal Solutions products effectively, we often must maintain implant sets consisting of the full range of product sizes. For 
each surgery, fewer than all of the components of the set are used, and therefore certain portions of the set, like uncommon sizes, may become obsolete 
before they can be used. In the event that a substantial portion of our inventory becomes obsolete, it could have a material adverse effect on our earnings 
and cash flows due to the resulting costs associated with the inventory impairment charges and costs required to replace such inventory.

We rely on information technology systems and network infrastructure to operate and manage our business, if we experience a breach, cyber-attack or 
other disruption to these systems or data, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We are increasingly dependent on sophisticated information technology systems to operate our business, including to process, transmit and store 
sensitive  data,  and  many  of  our  products  and  services  include  or  use  integrated  software  and  information  technology  that  may  collect  data  regarding 
customers, patients, suppliers and third parties, or connects to our systems. Given the nature of our business, we also may maintain personally identifiable 
information (“PII”) or access to protected health information (“PHI”). Specifically, we rely on our information technology systems to effectively manage 
sales  and  marketing,  accounting  and  financial  functions,  inventory  management,  engineering  and  product  development  tasks,  and  our  research  and 
development  data.  Our  business  therefore  depends  on  the  continuous,  effective,  reliable,  and  secure  operation  of  our  computer  hardware,  software, 
networks, Internet servers, and related infrastructure.

Although  our  computer  and  communications  hardware  is  protected  through  physical  and  software  safeguards,  it  is  still  vulnerable  to  system 
malfunction, computer viruses, and cyber-attacks. These events could lead to the unauthorized access of our information technology systems and result in 
the misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information belonging to us, our employees, patients, partners, customers, or our suppliers. 
The  techniques  used  by  criminal  elements  to  attack  computer  systems  are  sophisticated,  change  frequently  and  may  originate  from  less  regulated  and 
remote  areas  of  the  world.  As  a  result,  we  may  not  be  able  to  address  these  techniques  proactively  or  implement  adequate  preventative  measures. 
Additionally,  the  regulatory  environment  governing  information,  security  and  privacy  laws  is  increasingly  demanding  and  continues  to  evolve.  If  our 
information technology systems are compromised, we could be subject to fines, damages, litigation and enforcement actions and we could lose trade secrets 
or other confidential information, the occurrence of which could harm our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our  information  systems,  and  those  of  third-parties  with  whom  we  contract,  also  require  an  ongoing  commitment  of  significant  resources  to 
maintain, protect and enhance existing systems and develop new systems to keep pace with continuing changes in information technology.  The failure of 
our information technology systems to perform as we anticipate or our failure to effectively implement new systems could disrupt our operations and could 
result  in  decreased  sales,  increased  overhead  costs,  excess  inventory  and  product  shortages,  all  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to data privacy laws and our failure to comply with them could subject us to substantial liabilities.

Our  business  relies  on  the  secure  electronic  transmission,  storage  and  hosting  of  sensitive  information,  including  personal  information,  PHI, 
financial information, intellectual property and other sensitive information related to our customers and workforce. The collection, maintenance, protection, 
use, transmission, disclosure and disposal of certain personal information and the security of medical devices are regulated at the U.S. federal and state, 
international  and  industry  levels.  U.S.  federal  and  state  laws,  such  as  the  Health  Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  of  1996,  protect  the 
confidentiality of certain patient health information, including patient medical records, and restrict the use and disclosure of patient health information. In 
addition to the regulation of personal health information, a number of states have also adopted laws and regulations that may affect our privacy and data 
security practices for other kinds of PII, such as state laws that govern the use, disclosure and protection of sensitive personal information, such as social 
security numbers, or that are designed to protect credit card account data. State consumer protection laws may also establish privacy and security standards 
for use and management of PII, including information related to customers, suppliers, and care providers.

Outside  the  U.S.,  we  are  impacted  by  the  privacy  and  data  security  requirements  at  the  international,  national  and  regional  level,  and  on  an 
industry  specific  basis.  Legal  requirements  in  the  countries  we  serve  relating  to  the  collection,  storage,  handling  and  transfer  of  personal  data  and 
potentially intellectual property continue to evolve with increasingly strict enforcement regimes. More privacy and security laws and regulations are being 
adopted,  and  more  are  being  enforced,  with  potential  for  significant  financial  penalties.  In  the  European  Union  (“E.U.”),  increasingly  stringent  data 
protection and privacy rules that will have substantial impact on the use of patient data across the healthcare industry became effective in May 2018. The 
E.U. General Data Protection Regulation 

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
(“GDPR”)  applies  uniformly  across  the  E.U.  and  includes,  among  other  things,  a  requirement  for  prompt  notice  of  data  breaches  to  data  subjects  and 
supervisory authorities in certain circumstances and significant fines for non-compliance. The GDPR also requires companies processing personal data of 
individuals  residing  in  the  E.U.  to  comply  with  E.U.  privacy  and  data  protection  rules.  Although  there  is  a  consistency  mechanism  in  the  GDPR,  data 
protection authorities from different EU member states may interpret and apply the GDPR somewhat differently, and the GDPR also permits EU member 
states  to  create  supplemental  national  laws,  which  increases  the  complexity  for  compliance.  Failure  to  comply  with  GDPR  requirements  could  result  in 
penalties  of  up  to  €20  million  or  4%  of  worldwide  revenue,  whichever  is  greater,  for  serious  breaches.  While  we  have  invested  significant  time  and 
resources in preparing for and complying with the GDPR, the GDPR and other similar laws and regulations (including potential new data privacy laws and 
regulations  in  the  U.S.),  as  well  as  any  associated  inquiries  or  investigations  or  any  other  government  actions,  may  be  costly  to  comply  with,  result  in 
negative publicity, increase our operating costs, require significant management time and attention, and subject us to remedies that may harm our business, 
including fines, demands or orders that we modify or cease existing business practices. In addition, on January 1, 2021 the UK left the European Union. 
The  UK  Data  Protection  Act  2018  is  closely  aligned  with  the  GDPR  but  while  the  EU-UK  Trade  and  Cooperation  Agreement  (“Agreement”)  did  not 
address the issue, the European Commission subsequently determined that the UK’s data protection regime is “adequate” (i.e. equivalent to the EU’s), so as 
to permit free movement of data from the EEA to the UK.

If we experience significant disruptions in our information technology systems, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be 
adversely affected.

The  efficient  operation  of  our  business  depends  on  our  information  technology  systems.  We  rely  on  our  information  technology  systems  to 

effectively manage:

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)

sales and marketing, accounting and financial functions;
inventory management;
engineering and product development tasks; and
our research and development data.

Our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from:

earthquakes, fires, floods and other natural disasters;
terrorist attacks and attacks by computer viruses or hackers or other cybersecurity attacks or breaches;
power losses; and
computer systems, or Internet, telecommunications or data network failures.

The failure of our information technology systems to perform as we anticipate or our failure to effectively implement new systems could disrupt 
our  entire  operation  and  could  result  in  decreased  sales,  increased  overhead  costs,  excess  inventory  and  product  shortages,  all  of  which  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

Consolidation in the healthcare industry could lead to demands for price concessions or to the exclusion of some suppliers from certain of our markets, 
which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Because  healthcare  costs  have  risen  significantly  over  the  past  decade,  numerous  initiatives  and  reforms  initiated  by  legislators,  regulators  and 
third-party payors to curb these costs have resulted in a consolidation trend in the healthcare industry to aggregate purchasing power. As the healthcare 
industry consolidates, competition to provide products and services to industry participants has become and will continue to become more intense. This in 
turn has resulted and will likely continue to result in greater pricing pressures and the exclusion of certain suppliers from important market segments as 
group  purchasing  organizations,  independent  delivery  networks  and  large  single  accounts  continue  to  use  their  market  power  to  consolidate  purchasing 
decisions for hospitals. We expect that market demand, government regulation, third-party coverage and reimbursement policies and societal pressures will 
continue to change the worldwide healthcare industry, resulting in further business consolidations and alliances among our customers, which may reduce 
competition,  exert  further  downward  pressure  on  the  prices  of  our  products  and  may  adversely  impact  our  business,  results  of  operations  or  financial 
condition.

If our Enabling Technologies products require significant amounts of service after sale or we receive a significant number of warranty claims, our 
costs may increase and our financial results may be adversely affected.

Sales of certain of our Enabling Technologies products that are capital equipment typically include a warranty and maintenance obligation on our 
part  for  services  for  a  period  of  twelve  months  from  the  date  the  equipment  is  installed  at  a  customer’s  facility.  Customers  may  also  purchase  a 
supplemental  service  plan  for  technical  and  other  services  for  any  required  service  beyond  the  initial  warranty  and  service  period.  If  product  warranty 
claims or required service under the service plans exceed our expectations, we may 

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
incur additional expenditures for parts and service. In addition, our reputation could be damaged and our products may not achieve market acceptance and 
could result in reductions in sales.

We experience long and variable capital sales cycles for our Enabling Technologies products, which may cause fluctuations in our financial results.

The sales and purchase order cycle of our Enabling Technologies capital equipment products, currently the ExcelsiusGPS® platform, is lengthy 
because  they  are  major  capital  items  and  their  purchase  generally  requires  the  approval  of  senior  management  of  hospitals,  their  parent  organizations, 
purchasing groups, and government bodies, as applicable. In addition, sales to some of our customers are subject to competitive bidding or public tender 
processes.  These  approval  and  bidding  processes  can  be  lengthy.  Further,  the  introduction  of  new  products  could  adversely  impact  our  sales  cycle  as 
customers take additional time to assess the benefits and costs of such products. As a result, it is difficult for us to predict the length of capital sales cycles 
and, therefore, the exact timing of capital sales.

The  above  factors  may  contribute  to  fluctuations  in  our  quarterly  operating  results.  Because  of  these  fluctuations,  it  is  possible  that  in  future 
periods our operating results will fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors. If that happens, the market price of our stock would likely 
decrease.

Risks Related to our Legal and Regulatory Environment

Our medical device products and operations are subject to extensive governmental regulation both in the United States and abroad, and our failure to 
comply with applicable requirements could cause our business to suffer.

The  medical  device  industry  is  regulated  extensively  by  governmental  authorities,  principally  the  FDA  and  corresponding  state  and  foreign 

regulatory agencies. The FDA and other U.S. and foreign governmental agencies regulate, among other things, with respect to medical devices:

design, development and manufacturing;
testing, labeling, content and language of instructions for use and storage;
clinical trials;
product safety;

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0) marketing, sales and distribution;
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)

pre-market clearance and approval;
record keeping procedures;
advertising and promotion;
recalls and field safety corrective actions;
post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or 
serious injury;
post-market approval studies; and
product import and export.

(cid:0)
(cid:0)

The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have tended to become more stringent over time; see “Item 1. Business; Government 
Regulation” above for a summary of certain regulations to which we are subject. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on 
or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales.

The processes by which 510(k) clearance, grant of a de novo classification request, or PMA approval is obtained can be expensive and lengthy and 
require the payment of significant fees. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, but may last longer. The FDA’s goal is 
to review de novo classification requests within 150 FDA review days, but presently, the current average review period is about eight months. The process 
of obtaining a PMA is much costlier and more uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process and generally takes one to three years, or even longer, from the 
time the application is submitted to the FDA until an approval is obtained. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances through the 510(k) process, de 
novo  classification,  or  approvals  through  the  PMA  process  to  market  a  medical  device  in  the  United  States  or  internationally  can  be  costly  and  time-
consuming, and we may not be able to obtain these clearances, grants of de novo classification, or approvals on a timely basis, if at all.

In  the  United  States,  all  of  our  currently  commercialized  medical  device  products,  other  than  SECURE®-C  have  either  received  pre-market 
clearance  under  Section  510(k)  of  the  FDCA  or  are  exempt  from  pre-market  review.  If  the  FDA  requires  us  to  go  through  a  lengthier,  more  rigorous 
examination for future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected, our product introductions or modifications could be delayed or 
canceled, which could cause our sales to decline and potentially harm our ability to compete. In addition, if the FDA disagrees with our determination that a 
product we currently market is subject to an exemption from pre-market review, the FDA may require us to submit a 510(k), de novo, or PMA and may 
require us to cease distribution of the product 

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
and/or recall the product unless and until we obtain 510(k) or de novo clearance or PMA. Further, even with respect to those future products where a PMA 
is not required, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain the 510(k) or de novo clearances with respect to those products. The FDA may also 
reclassify devices currently on the market from Class II to Class III, which could result in additional regulatory burden requiring submission and approval 
of a PMA prior to marketing, or could result in the FDA rescinding a 510(k) for a previously cleared device.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

(cid:0) we may not be able to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that our products are safe and effective for their intended uses;
(cid:0)
(cid:0)

the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where required; and
the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements.

In  addition,  the  FDA  may  change  its  clearance  and  approval  policies,  adopt  additional  regulations  or  revise  existing  regulations,  or  take  other 
actions which may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently approved or 
cleared products on a timely basis. Most recently, the FDA has been required to dedicate a significant amount of its resources to the review and oversight of 
medical products intended for COVID-19 or other pandemic-related purposes.  This strain on the FDA’s resources could lead to delays in the FDA’s review 
of  new  510(k)  or  other  marketing  applications  that  are  unrelated  to  COVID-19.  It  is  also  possible  that,  if  we  obtain  new  FDA  regulatory  clearances  or 
approvals, the clearances or approvals may contain limitations on the indicated uses or may prohibit certain uses which may impact the marketability of the 
product.

Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearance or approval for our medical device products under development could prevent us from 
generating revenue from these products or achieving profitability. Additionally, the FDA and other regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. 
Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could dissuade some surgeons from using our products and adversely affect our 
reputation and the perceived safety and efficacy of our products.

In addition, even after we have obtained the proper regulatory approval to market a product, the FDA has the power to require us to conduct post 
marketing studies, such as a Section 522 Order. These studies can be very expensive and time-consuming to conduct. Failure to comply with those studies 
in  a  timely  manner  could  result  in  the  revocation  of  the  510(k)  clearance  for  the  product  that  is  subject  to  such  a  Section  522  Order  and  the  recall  or 
withdrawal of the product, which could prevent us from generating sales from that product in the United States.

Similarly,  we  must  comply  with  numerous  international  laws  and  regulations  in  order  to  market  our  products  outside  of  the  United  States;  see 
“Item 1. Business; Government Regulation; International” above for a summary of certain international laws and regulations to which we are subject. 
As is the case in the United States, the applicable regulatory body may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise 
existing regulations, or take other actions which may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our products under development or impact our ability to 
modify our currently approved or cleared products on a timely basis. Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearance or approval for our products 
under development could prevent us from generating revenue from these products or achieving profitability. Conducting clinical studies to obtain clinical 
data that might be required as part of the clinical evaluation process can be expensive and time-consuming. Additionally, the regulatory authorities have 
broad enforcement powers. Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could dissuade some surgeons from using our products 
and adversely affect the perceived safety and efficacy of our products and our reputation.

Failure to comply with applicable regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in enforcement actions such as:

untitled letters or warning letters;
fines;
injunctions;
civil penalties;
termination of distribution;
recalls or seizures of products;
delays in the introduction of products into the market;
total or partial suspension of production;
refusal of the FDA or other regulator to grant future clearances or approvals;

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0) withdrawals or suspensions of current clearances or approvals, resulting in prohibitions on sales of our products; 
(cid:0)
(cid:0)

refusal to grant export approvals; and/or
in the most serious cases, criminal penalties.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Any  of  these  sanctions  could  result  in  higher  than  anticipated  costs  or  lower  than  anticipated  sales  and  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 

reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

Modifications to our products may require new 510(k) or de novo clearances, PMAs or PMA supplements, or may require us to cease marketing or 
recall the modified products until clearances or approvals are obtained.

Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness or that would constitute a major change in its 
intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, a de novo request or approval of a PMA. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this 
determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether 
new  clearances  or  approvals  are  necessary.  We  have  modified  some  of  our  510(k)-cleared  products,  and  have  determined  based  on  our  review  of  the 
applicable  FDA  guidance  that  in  certain  instances  new  510(k)  clearances  or  PMAs  are  not  required.  If  the  FDA  disagrees  with  our  determination  and 
requires  us  to  submit  new  510(k)  notifications,  de novo  petitions,  PMAs  or  PMA  supplements  for  modifications  to  our  previously  cleared  products  for 
which we have concluded that new clearances or approvals are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until 
we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

Our HCT/P products are subject to extensive government regulation and our failure to comply with these requirements could cause our business to 
suffer.

In the United States, we are marketing our human tissue products as Section 361 HCT/Ps, which are not subject to FDA premarket clearance or 
approval requirements. The FDA could disagree with our determination that our human tissue products are Section 361 HCT/Ps and could determine that 
these products are biologics requiring a biological license application approval or medical devices requiring 510(k) or de novo clearance or PMA approval, 
or New Drug Application (“NDA”) approval. The FDA may then require that we cease marketing our human tissue products and/or recall the products 
unless and until we receive the appropriate clearance or approval from the FDA.

HCT/Ps also are subject to donor eligibility and screening, CGTP, product labeling, and post market reporting requirements. If we or our suppliers 
fail to comply with these requirements, we could be subject to FDA enforcement action, including, for example, warning letters, fines, injunctions, product 
recalls or seizures, and, in the most serious cases, criminal penalties.

We  received  an  FDA  warning  letter  on  October  31,  2018  related  to  observed  non-conformities  to  the  FDA’s  HCT/P  regulations.  See  “Item 1. 

Business; Government Regulation.”

If we or our suppliers fail to comply with the FDA’s good manufacturing practice regulations and similar international regulations, this could impair 
our ability to market our products in a cost-effective and timely manner.

We  and  our  third-party  suppliers  are  required  to  comply  with  the  FDA’s  Quality  System  Regulation  (“QSR”),  which  covers  the  methods  and 
documentation  of  the  design,  testing,  production,  control,  quality  assurance,  labeling,  packaging,  sterilization,  storage  and  shipping  of  our  products.  In 
addition, suppliers and processors of allograft must comply with the CGTP, which govern the methods used in and the facilities and controls used for the 
manufacture of human cell tissue and cellular and tissue-based products, record-keeping and the establishment of a quality program.

The FDA audits compliance with the QSR and CGTP requirements through periodic announced and unannounced inspections of manufacturing 
and  other  facilities.  The  FDA  may  conduct  inspections  or  audits  at  any  time.  If  we  or  our  suppliers  have  significant  non-compliance  issues  or  if  any 
corrective  action  plan  that  we  or  our  suppliers  propose  in  response  to  observed  deficiencies  is  not  sufficient,  the  FDA  could  take  enforcement  action, 
including any of the following sanctions:

untitled letters, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;
customer notifications or repair, replacement, refunds, recall, detention or seizure of our products;
operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
refusing or delaying our requests for 510(k) or de novo clearance or PMA of new products or modified products;

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0) withdrawing 510(k) or de novo clearances or PMAs that have already been granted;
(cid:0)
(cid:0)

refusal to grant export approval for our products; or
criminal prosecution.

Any of these sanctions could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

Outside the United States, our products and operations are also often required to comply with standards set by industrial standards bodies, such as 

the ISO. Foreign regulatory bodies may evaluate our products or the testing that our products undergo against 

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
these  standards.  The  specific  standards,  types  of  evaluation  and  scope  of  review  differ  among  foreign  regulatory  bodies.  We  intend  to  comply  with  the 
standards enforced by such foreign regulatory bodies as needed to commercialize our products. If we fail to adequately comply with any of these standards, 
a foreign regulatory body may take adverse actions similar to those within the power of the FDA. Any such action may harm our reputation and business, 
and could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

A recall of our products, either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, or the discovery of serious safety issues 
with our products, could have a significant adverse impact on us. 

The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material 
deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. Manufacturers may, under their own 
initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found. Even if voluntary, the FDA requires that a medical device manufacturer report to 
the FDA any corrective action or removal of a device initiated to reduce a risk to health posed by the device. A government-mandated or voluntary recall 
by  us  or  one  of  our  distributors  could  occur  as  a  result  of  risk  to  health,  component  failures,  manufacturing  errors,  design  or  labeling  defects  or  other 
deficiencies and issues. Recalls of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our reputation, results 
of operations and financial condition, which could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our 
customers’ demands. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our future sales and our ability 
to generate profits.

In the EEA, we must comply with the EU Medical Device Vigilance System. Under this system, manufacturers are required to take Field Safety 
Corrective Actions (“FSCAs”) to reduce a risk of death or serious deterioration in the state of health associated with the use of a medical device that is 
already placed on the market. A FSCA may include the recall, modification, exchange, destruction or retrofitting of the device.

Any  adverse  event  involving  our  products,  whether  in  the  United  States  or  abroad,  could  result  in  future  voluntary  corrective  actions,  such  as 
recalls  or  customer  notifications,  or  agency  action,  such  as  inspection,  mandatory  recall  or  other  enforcement  action.  Any  corrective  action,  whether 
voluntary  or  involuntary,  as  well  as  defending  ourselves  in  a  lawsuit,  will  require  the  dedication  of  our  time  and  capital,  distract  management  from 
operating our business and may harm our reputation and financial results.

We may be subject to enforcement action if we engage in the off-label promotion of our products.

Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with FDA and other applicable laws and regulations, including the prohibition of 
the promotion of off-label use. Physicians may use our products off-label, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician’s choice of treatment within 
the practice of medicine. However, if the FDA determines that our promotional efforts constitutes promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we 
modify our training or promotional efforts or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, 
injunction, seizure, civil fine and criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities, such as DOJ or HHS, 
might  take  action  if  they  consider  our  promotional  or  training  materials  to  constitute  promotion  of  an  unapproved/off-label  use,  which  could  result  in 
significant criminal and/or civil fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement (e.g., the FCA). 
In that event, our reputation could be damaged and adoption of the products would be impaired. Although our policy is to refrain from statements that 
could be considered off-label promotion of our products, the FDA, or another regulatory agency or a Relator under the FCA could disagree and conclude 
that we have engaged in off-label promotion. In addition, the off-label use of our products may increase the risk of injury to patients, and, in turn, the risk of 
product liability claims. Claims under the FCA initiated either by a government regulatory or enforcement authority or by a Relator and product liability 
claims are expensive to defend and could divert our management’s attention, result in substantial damage awards against us and harm our reputation.

Governmental regulation and limited sources and suppliers could restrict our procurement and use of tissue.

In the United States, the procurement and transplantation of allograft bone tissue is subject to federal law pursuant to the NOTA, a criminal statute 
which  prohibits  the  purchase  and  sale  of  human  organs  used  in  human  transplantation,  including  bone  and  related  tissue,  for  “valuable  consideration.” 
NOTA  permits  reasonable  payments  associated  with  the  removal,  transportation,  processing,  preservation,  quality  control,  implantation  and  storage  of 
human bone tissue. We provide services in all of these areas in the United States, with the exception of removal and implantation, and receive payments for 
all such services. We make payments to tissue banks for their services related to recovering allograft bone tissue on our behalf. If NOTA is interpreted or 
enforced in a manner that prevents us from receiving payment for services we render or that prevents us from paying tissue banks or certain of our clients 
for the services they render for us, our business could be materially adversely affected. In addition, there is similar legislation in Europe and the UK which 
we  must  abide  by,  including  Directive  2004/23/EC  in  relation  to  human  tissues  and  cells  requiring  that  donation  be  unpaid  (except  for  expenses  and 
inconvenience) and voluntary.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We depend on a limited number of sources of human tissue for use in some of our regenerative biologics products and a limited number of entities 
to  process  the  human  tissue  for  use  in  those  regenerative  biologics  products,  and  any  failure  to  obtain  tissue  from  these  sources  or  to  have  the  tissue 
processed  by  these  entities  for  us  in  a  timely  manner  will  interfere  with  our  ability  to  effectively  meet  demand  for  our  regenerative  biologics  products 
incorporating  human  tissue.  Less  than  five  third-party  suppliers  currently  supply  all  of  our  needs  for  allograft  implants  and  products,  other  than  those 
implants and products that we process ourselves. The processing of human tissue into our regenerative biologics products is very labor-intensive and it is 
therefore difficult to maintain a steady supply stream. In addition, due to seasonal changes in mortality rates, some scarce tissues used in our regenerative 
biologics products are at times in particularly short supply. We cannot be certain that our current supply of human tissue and allograft implants, plus any 
additional source that we identify in the future, will be sufficient to meet our needs. Our dependence on a small number of third-party suppliers and the 
challenges we may face in obtaining adequate supplies of human tissue involve several risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality and 
delivery  schedules.  In  addition,  any  interruption  in  the  supply  of  any  human  tissue  component  could  materially  harm  our  and  our  third-party  suppliers’ 
ability  to  manufacture  our  regenerative  biologics  products  until  a  new  source  of  supply,  if  any,  could  be  found.  We  may  be  unable  to  find  a  sufficient 
alternative supply channel in a reasonable time period or on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our 
business, results of operations and financial condition.

Negative  publicity  concerning  methods  of  tissue  recovery  and  screening  of  donor  tissue  in  our  industry  could  reduce  demand  for  our  regenerative 
biologics products and impact the supply of available donor tissue.

Media reports or other negative publicity concerning both alleged improper methods of tissue recovery from donors and disease transmission from 
donated tissue could limit widespread acceptance of some of our regenerative biologics products. Unfavorable reports of improper or illegal tissue recovery 
practices,  both  in  the  United  States  and  internationally,  as  well  as  incidents  of  improperly  processed  tissue  leading  to  the  transmission  of  disease,  may 
broadly  affect  the  rate  of  future  tissue  donation  and  market  acceptance  of  technologies  incorporating  human  tissue.  In  addition,  such  negative  publicity 
could  cause  the  families  of  potential  donors  to  become  reluctant  to  agree  to  donate  tissue  to  for-profit  tissue  processors.  For  example,  the  media  has 
reported  examples  of  alleged  illegal  harvesting  of  body  parts  from  cadavers  and  resulting  recalls  conducted  by  certain  companies  selling  human  tissue-
based products affected by the alleged illegal harvesting. These reports and others could have a negative effect on our tissue regeneration business.

We are subject to environmental laws and regulations that can impose significant costs and expose us to potential financial liabilities.

The manufacture of certain of our products, including our allograft implants and products, and the handling of materials used in the product testing 
process, including in our cadaveric laboratory, involve the controlled use of biological, hazardous and/or radioactive materials and wastes. Our business and 
facilities and those of our suppliers are subject to foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and the 
environment, including those governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of, and exposure to, such materials and wastes. In addition, 
under some environmental laws and regulations, we could be held responsible for costs relating to any contamination at our past or present facilities and at 
third-party  waste  disposal  sites  even  if  such  contamination  was  not  caused  by  us.  A  failure  to  comply  with  current  or  future  environmental  laws  and 
regulations  could  result  in  severe  fines  or  penalties.  Any  such  expenses  or  liability  could  have  a  significant  negative  impact  on  our  business,  results  of 
operations and financial condition.

We  or  our  suppliers  may  be  the  subject  of  claims  for  non-compliance  with  FDA  regulations  in  connection  with  the  processing,  manufacturing  or 
distribution of our proposed allograft or other regenerative biologics implants and products.

Allegations may be made against us or against donor recovery groups or tissue banks, including those with which we have a contractual supplier 
relationship,  claiming  that  the  acquisition  or  processing  of  tissue  for  allograft  implants  and  products  or  other  regenerative  biologics  products  does  not 
comply with applicable FDA regulations or other relevant statutes and regulations. Allegations like these could cause regulators or other authorities to take 
investigative or other action against us or our suppliers, or could cause negative publicity for us or our industry generally. These actions or any negative 
publicity could cause us to incur substantial costs, divert the attention of our management from our business and harm our reputation.

We and our distributor sales representatives might be subject to claims for failing to comply with U.S. federal, state and foreign fraud and abuse laws, 
including anti-kickback laws and other anti-referral laws. 

There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback laws and physician self-referral 
laws.  Our  relationships  with  surgeons,  hospitals  and  our  independent  distributors  are  subject  to  scrutiny  under  these  laws.  Violations  of  these  laws  are 
punishable  by  criminal  and  civil  sanctions,  including,  in  some  instances,  imprisonment  and  exclusion  from  participation  in  federal  and  state  healthcare 
programs, including the Medicare, Medicaid and Veterans Administration health programs. Because of the broad and far-reaching nature of these laws, we 
may be required to alter or discontinue one or more of our business practices.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Healthcare fraud and abuse regulations are complex, and even minor irregularities can potentially give rise to claims that a statute or prohibition 

has been violated. Examples of laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)

(cid:0)

the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or 
paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or 
recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid 
programs;
federal false claims laws which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims 
for payment to Medicare, Medicaid, or other government payors that are false or fraudulent;
the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, which created federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to 
defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;
the Federal Trade Commission Act and similar laws regulating advertisement and consumer protections;
the FCPA, which prohibits corrupt payments, gifts or transfers of value to foreign officials; 
the Physician Payment Sunshine Act, which requires medical device companies to report ownership and investment interests by physicians and 
members of their immediate family as well as certain payments and other transfers of value, including gifts and other benefits, provided to 
physicians and certain other healthcare professionals licensed in the U.S. and to teaching hospitals; and
foreign and U.S. state law and code equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws and disclosure of 
transfers of value and gift bans with respect to healthcare professionals, some of which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-
party payor, including commercial insurers.

Possible  sanctions  for  violation  of  these  laws  include  monetary  fines,  civil  and  criminal  penalties,  exclusion  from  Medicare  and  Medicaid 
programs and forfeiture of amounts collected in violation of such prohibitions. Any violations of these laws, or any action against us for violation of these 
laws,  even  if  we  successfully  defend  against  it,  could  result  in  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  reputation,  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition.

We have entered into consulting, royalty and other agreements with surgeons, including some who make referrals to us. In addition, some of our 
referring surgeons own our stock, which they either purchased in an arm’s length transaction on terms identical to those offered to non-referral sources or 
received  from  us  as  fair  market  value  consideration  for  consulting  services  performed.  While  these  transactions  were  structured  with  the  intention  of 
complying with all applicable laws, including the federal ban on physician self-referrals, commonly known as the “Stark Law,” state anti-referral laws and 
other  applicable  anti-kickback  laws,  it  is  possible  that  regulatory  agencies  may  view  these  transactions  as  prohibited  arrangements  that  must  be 
restructured, or discontinued, or for which we could be subject to other significant penalties. Regulators also could prohibit us from accepting payment for 
products  ordered  or  recommended  by  these  surgeons.  We  would  be  materially  and  adversely  affected  if  regulatory  agencies  interpret  our  financial 
relationships with surgeons who order our products to be in violation of applicable laws and we were unable to comply with applicable laws. This could 
subject us to monetary penalties for non-compliance, the cost of which could be substantial.

To  enforce  compliance  with  the  federal  laws,  the  DOJ  has  increased  its  scrutiny  of  interactions  between  healthcare  companies  and  healthcare 
providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Dealing with investigations can 
be time- and resource-consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. Additionally, if an investigation were initiated involving us and 
we decided to settle that investigation with the DOJ or other law enforcement agencies, we may be forced to agree to additional onerous and expensive 
compliance  and  reporting  requirements  for  a  period  of  years  as  part  of  a  consent  decree  or  corporate  integrity  agreement.  Any  such  investigation  or 
settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation on payments and other transfers of value made to healthcare 
professionals related to marketing and other activities. Some states mandate implementation of healthcare compliance programs, impose gift bans, and/or 
require the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration to physicians. The shifting commercial compliance environment and the 
need  to  build  and  maintain  robust  and  expandable  systems  to  comply  with  different  compliance  and/or  reporting  requirements  in  multiple  jurisdictions 
increase the possibility that a healthcare company may run afoul of one or more of the requirements.

The scope and enforcement of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in 
light  of  the  lack  of  applicable  precedent  and  regulations.  Federal  or  state  regulatory  and  enforcement  authorities  might  challenge  our  current  or  future 
activities  under  these  laws.  Plaintiffs’  attorneys  acting  on  behalf  of  FCA  Relators,  who  are  incentivized  to  pursue  claims  against  manufacturers  by  the 
potential to share in any monetary damages and penalties recovered by the government, also might initiate lawsuits that challenge our current or future 
activities under these laws. Any such challenges by regulatory authorities directly or by Relators suing on behalf of the government could have a material 
adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition to the penalties described above, any state or federal 
regulatory review 

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
or  FCA  lawsuit,  regardless  of  the  outcome,  would  be  costly  and  time-consuming  and  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to our International Operations

We may fail to obtain or maintain foreign regulatory approvals to market our products in other countries.

We  currently  market  our  products  internationally  and  intend  to  expand  our  international  marketing.  International  jurisdictions  require  separate 
regulatory approvals and compliance with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. For example, we intend to continue to seek regulatory clearance 
to market our primary products in the EEA, Japan, Brazil, Canada and other key markets. The approval procedures vary among countries and may involve 
requirements  for  additional  testing,  and  the  time  required  to  obtain  approval  may  differ  from  country  to  country  and  from  that  required  to  obtain  FDA 
clearance or approval.

Clearance  or  approval  by  the  FDA  does  not  ensure  approval  or  certification  by  regulatory  authorities  in  other  countries  or  jurisdictions,  and 
approval or certification by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or 
by the FDA. The foreign regulatory approval or certification process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA clearance or approval. We 
may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals or certifications and may not 
receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market. If we fail to receive necessary approvals or certifications to commercialize our 
products in foreign jurisdictions on a timely basis, or at all, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Additionally, in the EEA, we must inform the Notified Body that carried out the conformity assessment of the medical devices we market or sell in 
the EEA of any planned substantial changes to our quality system or changes to our devices which could affect compliance with the essential requirements 
or the devices’ intended use. The Notified Body will then assess the changes and verify whether they affect the products’ conformity. If the assessment is 
not favorable, it could prevent us from selling that product in the EEA, which could adversely impact our business and results of operations. In addition, on 
January 1, 2021 the UK left the European Union. While EU CE markings will continue to be recognized in Great Britain until June 30, 2023, certificates 
issued by EU-recognized Notified Bodies will continue to be valid for the Great Britain market until June 30, 2023 and the EU no longer recognizes UK 
Notified Bodies. The UK has given no commitment to follow the new EU medical devices legislation (Regulation EU 2017/745) and has recently consulted 
on the form and content of new UK legislation which may result in divergence from the EU regime.

We are subject to risks associated with our non-U.S. operations.

The FCPA and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making 
improper payments for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also imposes accounting standards and requirements on publicly traded 
U.S. corporations and their foreign affiliates, which are intended to prevent the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of bribes and other improper 
payments, and to prevent the establishment of “off books” slush funds from which such improper payments can be made. Because of the predominance of 
government-sponsored healthcare systems around the world, many of our customer relationships outside of the United States are with governmental entities 
and are therefore subject to such anti-bribery laws. Our internal control policies and procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts 
committed  by  our  employees  or  agents.  Violations  of  these  laws,  or  allegations  of  such  violations,  could  disrupt  our  operations,  involve  significant 
management distraction and result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We also could suffer severe 
penalties, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other remedial measures, including further changes or enhancements to our procedures, 
policies and controls, as well as potential personnel changes and disciplinary actions.

Furthermore, we are subject to the export controls and economic embargo rules and regulations of the United States, including, but not limited to, 
the Export Administration Regulations and trade sanctions against embargoed countries, which are administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control 
within  the  Department  of  the  Treasury,  as  well  as  the  laws  and  regulations  administered  by  the  Department  of  Commerce.  These  regulations  limit  our 
ability to market, sell, distribute or otherwise transfer our products or technology to prohibited countries or persons. A determination that we have failed to 
comply,  whether  knowingly  or  inadvertently,  may  result  in  substantial  penalties,  including  fines  and  enforcement  actions  and  civil  and/or  criminal 
sanctions, the disgorgement of profits and the imposition of a court-appointed monitor, as well as the denial of export privileges, and may have an adverse 
effect on our reputation.

These and other factors may have a material adverse effect on our international operations or on our business, results of operations and financial 

condition generally.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Our results of operations could suffer if we are unable to manage our planned international expansion effectively.

Expansion  into  international  markets  is  an  element  of  our  business  strategy  and  involves  risk.  The  sale  and  shipment  of  our  products  across 
international borders, as well as the purchase of components and products from international sources, subject us to extensive U.S. and foreign governmental 
trade,  import  and  export  and  customs  regulations  and  laws.  Compliance  with  these  regulations  and  laws  is  costly  and  exposes  us  to  penalties  for  non-
compliance. Other laws and regulations that can significantly affect us include various anti-bribery laws, including the FCPA and anti-boycott laws. Any 
failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations in the United States or abroad could adversely affect us in a variety of ways that include, 
but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export 
privileges, seizure of shipments and restrictions on certain business activities. Also, the failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations 
could result in the disruption of our distribution and sales activities.

Our international operations expose us and our independent distributors to risks inherent in operating in foreign jurisdictions, including:

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)

exposure to different legal and regulatory standards;
lack of stringent protection of intellectual property;
obstacles to obtaining domestic and foreign export, import and other governmental approvals, permits and licenses and compliance with foreign 
laws;
potentially adverse tax consequences and the complexities of foreign value-added tax systems;
adverse changes in tariffs and trade restrictions;
foreign exchange rate risk;
limitations on the repatriation of earnings;
difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;
transportation delays and difficulties of managing international distribution channels;
longer collection periods and difficulties in collecting receivables from foreign entities;
increased financing costs; and
political, social and economic instability and increased security concerns.

These risks may limit or disrupt our expansion, restrict the movement of funds or result in the deprivation of contractual rights or the taking of 

property by nationalization or expropriation without fair compensation.

Our  goal  of  succeeding  as  an  international  company  depends,  in  part,  on  our  ability  to  develop  and  implement  policies  and  strategies  that  are 
effective in anticipating and managing these and other risks in the countries in which we do business. Failure to manage these and other risks may have a 
material adverse effect on our operations in any particular country and on our business as a whole.

We are subject to risks arising from currency exchange rate fluctuations on our international transactions and translation of local currency results into 
United States dollars, which could adversely affect our profitability.

International operations account for approximately 14.5% of our total net sales, and we intend to continue to expand our international presence. A 
significant portion of our foreign revenues and expenses are generated in Japan, the Euro zone, United Kingdom and Australia. As our reporting currency is 
the U.S. dollar, significant changes in currency exchange rates can result in increased exposure to foreign exchange effects on our consolidated results of 
operations.  We cannot predict changes in currency exchange rates, the impact of exchange rate changes, nor the degree to which we will be able to manage 
the impact of currency exchange rate changes.

Risks Related to our Financial Results and Need for Financing

We will need to generate significant sales to remain profitable.

We  intend  to  increase  our  operating  expenses  substantially  as  we  add  sales  representatives  and  distributors  to  increase  our  geographic  sales 
coverage,  submit  additional  investigational  device  exemption  applications  to  the  FDA,  increase  our  marketing  capabilities,  conduct  clinical  trials  and 
increase our general and administrative functions to support our growing operations. We will need to generate significant sales to maintain profitability and 
we might not be able to do so. Even if we do generate significant sales, we might not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual 
basis in the future. If our sales grow more slowly than we anticipate or if our operating expenses exceed our expectations, our business, financial condition 
and results of operations will likely be adversely affected.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We may be unable to grow our revenue or earnings as anticipated, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We have experienced rapid growth since our inception and have increased our net sales to $958.1 million in 2021. Our ability to achieve future 
growth will depend upon, among other things, the success of our growth strategies, which we cannot assure will be successful. In addition, we may have 
more difficulty maintaining our historical or prior rate of growth of revenues, profitability or cash flows. Our future success will depend upon numerous 
factors, including the strength of our brand, the market success of our current and future products, competitive conditions, our ability to attract and retain 
our employees and our ability to manage our business and implement our growth strategy. If we are unable to achieve future growth, our business, financial 
condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, we anticipate significantly expanding our infrastructure and adding personnel in 
connection with our anticipated growth, which we expect will cause our selling, general and administrative expenses to increase, which could adversely 
impact our results of operations.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly.

Our operating results are difficult to predict and may be subject to periodic fluctuations. Our sales and results of operations will be affected by 

numerous factors, including:

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)

our ability to drive increased sales of our products;
our ability to establish and maintain an effective and dedicated sales force;
pricing pressure applicable to our products, including adverse third-party coverage and reimbursement outcomes;
results of clinical research and trials on our existing products and products in development;
the mix of our products sold because profit margins differ amongst our products;
timing of new product offerings, acquisitions, licenses or other significant events by us or our competitors;
the ability of our suppliers to timely provide us with an adequate supply of materials and components;
the evolving product offerings of our competitors;
regulatory approvals and legislative changes affecting the products we may offer or those of our competitors;
interruption in the manufacturing or distribution of our products;
the effect of competing technological, industry and market developments;
changes in our ability to obtain regulatory clearance or approval for our products; and
our ability to expand the geographic reach of our sales and marketing efforts.

Many of the products we may seek to develop and introduce in the future will require FDA approval or clearance before commercialization in the 
United  States,  and  commercialization  of  such  products  outside  of  the  United  States  would  likely  require  additional  regulatory  approvals  and  import 
licenses. As a result, it will be difficult for us to forecast demand for these products with any degree of certainty. In addition, we will be increasing our 
operating expenses as we expand our commercial capabilities. Accordingly, we may experience significant, unanticipated quarterly or annual losses. If our 
quarterly or annual operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our Class A common stock could decline 
substantially.  Furthermore,  any  quarterly  or  annual  fluctuations  in  our  operating  results  may,  in  turn,  cause  the  price  of  our  Class  A  common  stock  to 
fluctuate substantially. We believe that quarterly comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an 
indication of our future performance.

Negative trends in the general economy, including interest rate fluctuations, increases in inflation, and financial market volatility may adversely 
affect our business and financial performance. If inflation in the cost of raw materials increases beyond our ability to manage it, we may not be able to 
adjust prices sufficiently to offset the effect of the various cost increases without negatively impacting our consumer demand. Furthermore, the continuing 
impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic could lead to greater increases in inflation, which could adversely affect our operations and financial performance.

The availability of funding under existing credit arrangements might be limited, and our cash and cash equivalents are subject to volatility.

Any lender that is obligated to provide funding to us under any now existing or future credit agreement with us may not be able to provide funding 
in a timely manner, or at all, when we require it. The cost of, or lack of, available credit or equity financing could impact our ability to develop sufficient 
liquidity to maintain or grow our company, which in turn may adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. We also manage 
cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments through various institutions. There may be a risk of loss on investments based on the volatility of the 
underlying  instruments  that  will  prevent  us  from  recovering  the  full  principal  of  our  investments.  Negative  changes  in  domestic  and  global  economic 
conditions or disruptions of either or both of the financial and credit markets may also affect third-party payors and may have a material adverse effect on 
our stock price, business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Our future capital needs are uncertain and we may need to raise funds in the future, and such funds may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.

Continued  expansion  of  our  business  will  be  expensive  and  we  may  seek  funds  from  public  and  private  stock  offerings,  borrowings  under  our 

existing or future credit facilities or other sources. Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)

(cid:0)

the revenues generated by sales of our products;
the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing efforts;
the expenses we incur in manufacturing and selling our products;
the costs of developing and commercializing new products or technologies;
the cost of obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval or clearance of our products and products in development;
the number and timing of acquisitions and other strategic transactions;
the costs associated with our planned international expansion;
the costs associated with increased capital expenditures, including fixed asset purchases of instrument sets which we loan to hospitals to support 
surgeries; and
unanticipated general and administrative expenses.

As a result of these factors, we may seek to raise capital, and such capital may not be available on favorable terms, or at all. Furthermore, if we 
issue equity or debt securities to raise capital, our existing stockholders may experience dilution, and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, 
preferences  and  privileges  senior  to  those  of  our  existing  stockholders.  In  addition,  if  we  raise  capital  through  collaboration,  licensing  or  other  similar 
arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to our products, potential products or proprietary technologies, or grant licenses on terms 
that are not favorable to us. If we cannot raise capital on acceptable terms, we may not be able to develop or enhance our products, execute our business 
plan,  take  advantage  of  future  opportunities,  or  respond  to  competitive  pressures,  changes  in  our  supplier  relationships,  or  unanticipated  customer 
requirements. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals, which could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our existing revolving credit facility contains restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

Our existing revolving credit facility contains certain restrictive covenants that could limit our ability to transfer or dispose of assets, merge with 
other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness and liens, experience 
changes in management and enter into new businesses. We therefore may not be able to engage in any of the foregoing transactions unless we obtain the 
consent of the lender or terminate the revolving credit facility. There is no guarantee that we will be able to generate sufficient cash flow or sales to meet 
the financial covenants or pay the principal and interest on any such debt. Furthermore, there is no guarantee that future working capital, borrowings or 
equity financing will be available to repay or refinance any such debt.

Risks Related to our Intellectual Property and Potential Litigation

Our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology is uncertain.

We  rely  primarily  on  patent,  copyright,  trademark  and  trade  secret  laws,  as  well  as  confidentiality  and  non-disclosure  agreements  and  other 
methods, to protect our proprietary technologies and know-how. We have applied for patent protection relating to certain existing and proposed products 
and processes. While we generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use or sell patented products, we may not 
accurately predict all of the countries where patent protection will ultimately be desirable. If we fail to timely file a patent application in any such country, 
we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that any of our patent applications will be approved. The rights 
granted  to  us  under  our  patents,  including  prospective  rights  sought  in  our  pending  patent  applications,  may  not  be  meaningful  or  provide  us  with  any 
commercial  advantage  and  they  could  be  opposed,  contested  or  circumvented  by  our  competitors  or  be  declared  invalid  or  unenforceable  in  judicial  or 
administrative proceedings. The failure of our patents to adequately protect our technology might make it easier for our competitors to offer the same or 
similar products or technologies. Competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes which are comparable to 
ours without infringing on our intellectual property rights. We have entered into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements 
with our officers, employees, consultants and advisors regarding our intellectual property and proprietary technology. In the event of unauthorized use or 
disclosure or other breaches of such agreements, we may not be provided with meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information. 
Due to differences between foreign and U.S. patent laws, our patented intellectual property rights may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign 
countries as they would in the United States. Even if patents are granted outside the United States, effective enforcement in those countries may not be 
available. Since most of our issued patents and pending patent applications are for the United States only, we lack 

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
a corresponding scope of patent protection in other countries. In countries where we do not have significant patent protection, we may not be able to stop a 
competitor from marketing products in such countries that are the same as or similar to our products.

We rely on our trademarks, trade names and brand names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors, and have registered or 
applied to register many of these trademarks. We cannot assure you that our trademark applications will be approved. Third parties may also oppose our 
trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced 
to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. 
Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe upon our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

If a competitor infringes upon one of our patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights, enforcing those patents, trademarks and other 
rights  may  be  difficult  and  time  consuming.  Even  if  successful,  litigation  to  defend  our  patents  and  trademarks  against  challenges  or  to  enforce  our 
intellectual property rights could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management’s attention from managing our business. Moreover, we 
may not have sufficient resources or desire to defend our patents or trademarks against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights.

The medical device industry is characterized by patent litigation and we could become subject to litigation that could be costly, result in the diversion of 
management’s time and efforts, require us to pay damages, and/or prevent us from marketing our existing or future products. 

Our  commercial  success  will  depend  in  part  on  not  infringing  the  patents  or  violating  the  other  proprietary  rights  of  third  parties.  Significant 
litigation regarding patent rights exists in our industry. Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater 
resources and have made substantial investments in competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, 
patents  that  will  prevent,  limit  or  otherwise  interfere  with  our  ability  to  make  and  sell  our  products.  We  have  not  conducted  an  independent  review  of 
patents  issued  to  third  parties.  The  large  number  of  patents,  the  rapid  rate  of  new  patent  issuances,  the  complexities  of  the  technology  involved  and 
uncertainty of litigation increase the risk of business assets and management’s attention being diverted to patent litigation. We have received in the past, 
and  expect  to  receive  in  the  future,  communications  from  various  industry  participants  alleging  our  infringement  of  their  patents,  trade  secrets  or  other 
intellectual  property  rights  and/or  offering  licenses  to  such  intellectual  property.  We  are  currently  subject  to  lawsuits,  and  have  received  other  written 
allegations, claiming that we have infringed certain patents of others in the spine industry. A summary of these cases is provided under “Item 3. Legal 
Proceedings”  below.  Any  lawsuits  resulting  from  such  allegations  could  subject  us  to  significant  liability  for  damages,  and  invalidate  our  proprietary 
rights. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following:

(cid:0)
(cid:0)

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)

stop selling products or using technology that contains the allegedly infringing intellectual property;
lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our 
intellectual property rights against others;
incur significant legal expenses;
pay substantial damages to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing;
redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property, which could be costly and disruptive; or
attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property from third parties, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all.

Any litigation or claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our 
financial  resources,  divert  the  attention  of  management  from  our  core  business,  and  harm  our  reputation.  Further,  as  the  number  of  participants  in  the 
musculoskeletal industry grows, the possibility of intellectual property infringement claims against us increases. If we are found to infringe the intellectual 
property  rights  of  third  parties,  we  could  be  required  to  pay  substantial  damages  (including  treble,  or  triple,  damages  if  an  infringement  is  found  to  be 
willful)  and/or  royalties  and  could  be  prevented  from  selling  our  products  unless  we  obtain  a  license  or  are  able  to  redesign  our  products  to  avoid 
infringement. Any such license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, and there can be no assurance that we would be able to redesign our 
products in a way that would not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. If we fail to obtain any required licenses or make any necessary changes 
to  our  products  or  technologies,  we  may  have  to  withdraw  existing  products  from  the  market  or  may  be  unable  to  commercialize  one  or  more  of  our 
products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Further, in the course of our regular review of pending legal matters, we determine whether it is probable that a potential loss relating to a legal 

proceeding may have a material impact on our business, financial performance or cash position.  However, estimates of probable losses are inherently 
uncertain, and even if we determine that a loss is probable, in accordance with authoritative accounting guidance, if we are unable to estimate the possible 
loss or range of loss, we do not record an accrual related to such litigation.  As a result of this accounting policy, we may experience variability in our 
results of operations if damages for which we are found liable exceed the amounts we have accrued. 

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

In addition, we generally indemnify our customers and distributors with respect to infringement by our products of the proprietary rights of third 
parties. Third parties may assert infringement claims against our customers or distributors. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and 
costly litigation on behalf of our customers or distributors, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay 
damages  on  behalf  of  our  customers  or  distributors  or  may  be  required  to  obtain  licenses  for  the  products  they  use.  If  we  cannot  obtain  all  necessary 
licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, our employees or our independent distributors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged 
trade secrets, proprietary or confidential information of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our 
competitors.

Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies, including our competitors or potential competitors, in some 
cases until recently. Many of our independent distributors sell, or in the past have sold, products of our competitors. We may be subject to claims that we, 
our  employees,  or  our  independent  distributors  have  inadvertently  or  otherwise  used  or  disclosed  trade  secrets  or  other  proprietary  information  of  these 
former employers or competitors. In addition, we have been and may in the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of 
his  or  her  non-competition  or  non-solicitation  agreement.  Litigation  may  be  necessary  to  defend  against  these  claims.  Even  if  we  are  successful  in 
defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management. If our defense to those claims fails, in 
addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable personnel. There can be no assurance that this type of litigation will not continue, and any 
future litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire additional direct sales representatives. A loss of key personnel or their work 
product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize product candidates, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations 
and financial condition.

We may incur product liability losses and insurance coverage may be inadequate or unavailable to cover these losses.

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, design, manufacture and sale of medical devices for 
surgical procedures. The development of allograft implants and technologies for human tissue repair and treatment may entail particular risk of transmitting 
diseases  to  human  recipients,  which  could  result  in  the  assertion  of  substantial  product  liability  claims  against  us.  Surgery  involves  significant  risk  of 
serious complications, including bleeding, nerve injury, paralysis and even death. In addition, if longer-term patient results and experience indicates that our 
products  or  any  component  of  a  product  cause  tissue  damage,  motor  impairment  or  other  adverse  effects,  we  could  be  subject  to  significant  liability. 
Furthermore, if surgeons are not sufficiently trained in the use of our products, they may misuse or ineffectively use our products, which may result in 
unsatisfactory patient outcomes or patient injury. We could become the subject of product liability lawsuits alleging that component failures, manufacturing 
flaws, design defects or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks or product-related information resulted in an unsafe condition or injury to patients. 
The  medical  devices  industry  has  been  particularly  prone  to  potential  product  liability  claims  that  are  inherent  in  the  testing,  manufacture  and  sale  of 
medical devices and products for surgery procedures.

A product liability or other damages claim, product recall or product misuse, regardless of the outcome, could require us to spend significant time 
and money in litigation or to pay significant damages or costs, and could seriously harm our business. If our product liability insurance is inadequate to pay 
a damages award, we may have to pay the excess out of our cash reserves, which may harm our financial condition. Any product liability claim brought 
against us, with or without merit, could result in the increase of the costs we incur to obtain product liability insurance or our inability to secure product 
liability coverage in the future. If any of our products are found to cause tissue damage, motor impairment or other adverse effects, we could be subject to 
significant liability. Even a meritless or unsuccessful product liability claim could harm our reputation in the industry, impair our ability to sell one or more 
of  our  products  in  the  future,  result  in  significant  legal  fees  and  cause  significant  diversion  of  management’s  attention  from  managing  our  business.  A 
product  liability  or  other  claim,  product  recall,  or  product  misuse  involving  any  of  our  products,  whether  or  not  meritorious,  could  also  materially  and 
adversely harm our reputation and our ability to attract and retain customers.

In addition, any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in an increase of our product liability insurance rates. 
Insurance coverage varies in cost and can be difficult to obtain, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain insurance coverage in the future on 
terms acceptable to us or at all.

Risks Related to the Ownership of our Class A Common Stock

Because of their significant stock ownership, our Executive Chairman, our chief executive officer, our other executive officers, and our directors and 
principal stockholders will be able to exert control over us and our significant corporate decisions.

Because of their significant stock ownership, our Executive Chairman, our chief executive officer, our other executive officers, and our directors 
will be able to exert substantial control over us and our significant corporate decisions. Based on an aggregate of 101,544,013 shares of our Class A and 
Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2021, our executive officers and directors and their affiliates beneficially owned, in the aggregate, 
approximately 74.2% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. In 

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
particular, as of December 31, 2021, David C. Paul, our Executive Chairman and his family members, controlled approximately 22.1% of our Class A and 
Class B common stock, representing approximately 73.9% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock as of that date.

As a result, David C. Paul has, and these persons acting together have, the ability to significantly influence or determine the outcome of all matters 
submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all 
of our assets. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2021, we had 192,602,552 shares of Class B common stock available for issuance. This amount exceeds 5% 
of  our  outstanding  common  stock,  meaning  our  Board  of  Directors  (“Board”)  could  issue  Class  B  common  stock  without  necessarily  triggering  the 
automatic conversion of that Class B common stock to Class A common stock that, pursuant to our charter, will occur when any holder’s shares of Class B 
common stock represents less than 5% of the aggregate number of all outstanding shares of our common stock, thereby further concentrating the voting 
power of our capital stock in a limited number of stockholders.

The interests of our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders might not coincide with the interests of the other holders of our capital 

stock. This concentration of ownership may harm the value of our Class A common stock by, among other things:

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)

delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company;
impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving our company; or
causing us to enter into transactions or agreements that are not in the best interests of all stockholders.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange Rules, and we take, and intend to continue to take, advantage of 
exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

David C. Paul, alone, and our management, directors and significant stockholders, collectively, beneficially own a majority of the voting power of 
our  outstanding  common  stock.  Under  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  Rules,  a  company  of  which  more  than  50%  of  the  voting  power  is  held  by  an 
individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including 
the  requirement  that  a  majority  of  our  directors  be  independent,  as  defined  in  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  Rules,  and  the  requirement  that  our 
compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees consist entirely of independent directors. We rely, and intend to continue to rely, on 
the  “controlled  company”  exemption  under  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  Rules.  As  a  result,  a  majority  of  the  members  of  our  Board  may  not  be 
independent  directors  and  our  nominating  and  corporate  governance  and  compensation  committees  will  not  consist  entirely  of  independent  directors. 
Accordingly, while we remain a controlled company and during any transition period following a time when we are no longer a controlled company, you 
will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the New York Stock Exchange’s corporate governance 
requirements.

Our Board is authorized to issue and designate shares of our preferred stock in additional series without stockholder approval.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board, without the approval of our stockholders, to issue 35 million shares of 
our preferred stock, subject to limitations prescribed by applicable law, rules and regulations and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of 
incorporation, as shares of preferred stock in series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the 
designation,  powers,  preferences  and  rights  of  the  shares  of  each  such  series  and  the  qualifications,  limitations  or  restrictions  thereof.  The  powers, 
preferences and rights of these additional series of preferred stock may be senior to or on parity with our Class A common stock, which may reduce its 
value.

Anti-takeover  provisions  in  our  organizational  documents  and  Delaware  law  may  discourage  or  prevent  a  change  of  control,  even  if  an  acquisition 
would  be  beneficial  to  our  stockholders,  which  could  depress  the  price  of  our  Class  A  common  stock  and  prevent  attempts  by  our  stockholders  to 
replace or remove our current management.

Our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  and  amended  and  restated  bylaws  contain  other  provisions  that  could  delay  or  prevent  a 

change of control of our company or changes in our Board that our stockholders might consider favorable.

In addition, we are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers, which may 
restrict  or  prohibit  certain  business  combination  transactions  with  stockholders  owning  15%  or  more  of  our  outstanding  voting  stock,  including 
discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for shares of our Class A common stock.

Section 203 and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law could 
make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our Board or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current Board, 
including delay or impede a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest involving our company. The existence of these provisions could negatively affect the 
price of our Class A common stock and limit opportunities for you to realize value in a corporate transaction.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

General Risk Factors

If we do not successfully implement our business strategy, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.

Our  business  strategy  was  formed  based  on  assumptions  that  might  prove  wrong.  We  believe  that  various  demographics  and  industry-specific 
trends  will  help  drive  growth  in  our  markets  and  our  business,  but  these  demographics  and  trends  are  uncertain.  Actual  demand  for  our  products  could 
differ materially from projected demand if our assumptions regarding these factors prove to be incorrect or do not materialize, or if alternative treatments to 
those offered by our products gain widespread acceptance.

We  may  not  be  able  to  successfully  implement  our  business  strategy.  To  implement  our  business  strategy,  we  need  to,  among  other  things, 
strengthen our brand, develop and introduce new musculoskeletal surgery products, find new applications for and improve our existing products, obtain 
regulatory clearance or approval for new products and applications and educate surgeons about the clinical and cost benefits of our products, all of which 
we believe could increase acceptance of our products by surgeons. Our strategy of focusing exclusively on the medical devices market may limit our ability 
to grow. In addition, we are seeking to increase our sales and, in order to do so, will need to commercialize additional products and expand our direct and 
distributor  sales  forces  in  existing  and  new  territories,  all  of  which  could  result  in  our  becoming  subject  to  additional  or  different  domestic  and  foreign 
regulatory  requirements,  with  which  we  may  not  be  able  to  comply.  Moreover,  even  if  we  successfully  implement  our  business  strategy,  our  operating 
results may not improve or may decline. We may decide to alter or discontinue aspects of our business strategy and may adopt different strategies due to 
business or competitive factors not currently foreseen, such as new medical technologies that would make our products obsolete. Any failure to implement 
our business strategy may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.

Our rapid growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our management and on our operational and financial resources and 
systems. Failure to manage our growth effectively could cause us to over-invest or under-invest in infrastructure, and result in losses or weaknesses in our 
infrastructure, which could materially adversely affect us. Additionally, our anticipated growth will increase the demands placed on our suppliers, resulting 
in an increased need for us to carefully monitor for quality assurance. Any failure by us to manage our growth effectively could have an adverse effect on 
our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals.

Fluctuations in insurance cost and availability could adversely affect our profitability or our risk management profile.

We  hold  a  number  of  insurance  policies,  including  product  liability  insurance,  directors’  and  officers’  liability  insurance,  property  insurance, 
health  insurance  and  workers’  compensation  insurance.  If  the  costs  of  maintaining  adequate  insurance  coverage  increase  significantly  in  the  future,  our 
operating results could be materially adversely affected. Likewise, if any of our current insurance coverage should become unavailable to us or become 
economically  impractical,  we  would  be  required  to  operate  our  business  without  indemnity  from  commercial  insurance  providers.  If  we  operate  our 
business  without  insurance,  we  could  be  responsible  for  paying  claims  or  judgments  against  us  that  would  have  otherwise  been  covered  by  insurance, 
which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

We are exposed to the credit risk of some of our customers, which could result in material losses.

Our  business  is  subject  to  the  risk  of  nonpayment  by  our  customers.  We  sell  our  Enabling  Technologies  products  through  various  credit  and 

installment payment arrangements. We may experience loss from a customer’s failure to make payments according to the contractual terms. 

Although we have systems in place to monitor and mitigate the associated risk, there can be no assurance that such systems will be effective in 
reducing  the  credit  risk  relating  to  the  sale  of  our  Enabling  Technologies  products.  If  the  level  of  credit  losses  we  experience  in  the  future  exceed  our 
expectations, such losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

The widespread outbreak of a communicable disease, or any other public health crisis, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of 
operations.

We could be negatively affected by the widespread outbreak of a communicable disease, or any other public health crisis that results in disruptions 

to hospitals and other healthcare facilities.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

A novel strain of coronavirus was first identified in Wuhan, China in December 2019, and the disease caused by it, COVID-19, was subsequently 
declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization in March 2020. The continuing preventative and precautionary measures that hospitals and federal, 
state,  local,  and  international  governments  have  taken  to  mitigate  the  spread  of  the  disease  has  led  to  restrictions  on,  disruptions  in,  and  other  related 
impacts on elective procedure rates. We expect elective procedure rates to continue to vary and could be impacted by regional COVID-19 case volumes, 
hospital and clinical occupancy rates, staffing levels, a patient’s willingness to schedule deferrable procedures, travel and quarantine restrictions, as well as 
new COVID-19 variants. 

Further, worldwide supply chain disruption relating to the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in slight delays and component shortages that have 
and  may  continue  to  impact  our  ability  to  manufacture  our  products.  These  disruptions  may,  among  other  things,  impact  our  ability  to  satisfy  customer 
demand, which could negatively impact our results of operations.

These  challenges  and  restrictions  will  likely  continue  for  the  duration  of  the  pandemic,  which  is  uncertain,  and  could  continue  beyond  the 
pandemic. Many jurisdictions are relaxing restrictions and resuming business operations, but a resurgence in infections or mutations of the coronavirus that 
causes  COVID-19  could  cause  governments,  hospitals,  public  institutions,  or  other  authorities  to  reinstate  such  restrictions  or  impose  additional 
restrictions.  Given the dynamic nature of this situation, the Company cannot reasonably estimate the impacts of COVID-19 on our financial condition, 
results of operations or cash flows in the future. However, if a resurgence occurs and governments mandate restrictions, including restrictions on elective 
surgeries, we expect that it could have a material adverse impact on our revenue growth, operating profit and cash flow, lead to revised payment terms with 
certain of our customers, and change the effective tax rate driven by changes in the mix of earnings across the Company’s jurisdictions.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Our  corporate  headquarters  are  located  in  Audubon,  Pennsylvania  and  owned  by  us.  We  own  research  and  manufacturing  facilities  in 
Massachusetts, Pennsylvania and Texas, lease additional research facilities in Arizona and also own a distribution center in Heerlen, Netherlands to support 
our international operations. We maintain a distribution warehouse, along with sales and administrative offices in thirteen additional countries, all of which 
are leased.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are involved in a number of proceedings, legal actions and claims.  Such matters are subject to many uncertainties, and the outcomes of these 
matters are not within our control and may not be known for prolonged periods of time.  In some actions, the claimants seek damages, as well as other 
relief, including injunctions prohibiting us from engaging in certain activities, which, if granted, could require significant expenditures and/or result in lost 
revenues.  For further details on the material legal proceedings to which we are currently a party, please refer to “Part II; Item 8. Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data; Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements; Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies” below.

In addition, we are subject to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Class A Common Stock

Our  Class  A  common  stock  trades  on  The  New  York  Stock  Exchange,  under  the  symbol  “GMED.”  We  had  approximately  40  stockholders  of 
record as of February 14, 2022. We believe that the number of beneficial owners is substantially greater than the number of record holders because a large 
portion of our Class A common stock is held of record through brokerage firms in “street name.”

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

In 2020 we repurchased shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to a publicly announced share repurchase program authorized by the Board 
of Directors on March 11, 2020. The repurchase program has no time limit and may be suspended for periods or discontinued at any time. As of December 
31, 2021, we had repurchased 2.7 million shares at an average price of $38.91 per share for a total approximate cost of $104.7 million under this program. 
All of our share repurchases to date were made through a broker in the open market.

The following table provides the activity related to share repurchases for the fourth quarter of 2021.

(In thousands except for per share prices)

Period 
October 1, 2021 to October 31, 2021
November 1, 2021 to November 30, 2021
December 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021
Total

Total number of Shares 
Purchased (a)

Average Price Paid 
Per Share (b)

Total Number of Shares 
Purchased as Part of 
Publicly Announced 
Plans or Programs (a)

Approximate Dollar Value of 
Shares that May Yet Be 
Purchased Under the Plans or 
Programs (a)

-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-  

- $
-  
- $
-  

95,294
95,294
95,294

(a) On March 11, 2020, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program that allows for the repurchase up to $200 million of the Company’s Class A common stock.  The shares 
may be purchased through privately negotiated or open market transactions. This program has no time limit and may be suspended for periods or discontinued at any time.
(b) Inclusive of an immaterial amount of commission fees.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, for development of 

our business and do not anticipate that we will declare or pay cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Comparative Stock Performance Graph

The following graph illustrates a comparison of the total cumulative stockholder return on our Class A common stock from December 31, 2016 
through December 31, 2021 to two indices: the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Health Care Equipment Index. The graph assumes an initial investment of 
$100  on  December  31,  201,  in  each  of  our  Class  A  common  stock,  the  stocks  comprising  the  S&P  500  Index,  and  the  stocks  comprising  the  S&P  500 
Health Care Equipment Index, including reinvestment of dividends, if any. Historical stockholder return is not necessarily indicative of the performance to 
be expected for any future periods.

The following graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be 

incorporated by reference into any future filing, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing. 

Company/Index
Globus Medical, Inc.
S&P 500 Index
S&P 500 Health Care Equipment

2016
$100
$100
$100

December 31,

2018
$174
$116
$152

2019
$237
$153
$197

2020
$263
$181
$231

2021
$291
$233
$276

2017
$166
$122
$131

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial 
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, 
uncertainties and assumptions. You should review the “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Concerning Forward-Looking Statements” sections of this 
Annual  Report  for  a  discussion  of  certain  of  the  important  factors  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  the  results  described  in  or 
implied  by  the  forward-looking  statements  described  in  the  following  discussion  and  analysis.  Certain  amounts  and  percentages  in  this  discussion  and 
analysis have been rounded for convenience of presentation. 

Overview

We are an engineering-driven company with a history of rapidly developing and commercializing advanced products and procedures to address 
treatment challenges. With over 220 products on the market, we offer a comprehensive portfolio of innovative and differentiated technologies that treat a 
variety of musculoskeletal conditions. Although we manage our business globally within one operating segment, we separate our products into two major 
categories: Musculoskeletal Solutions and Enabling Technologies.

COVID-19 Update

We continue to monitor the rapidly evolving situation and guidance from domestic and international authorities, including federal, state and local 
public health authorities, regarding the COVID-19 pandemic, and we may need to make changes to our business based on their recommendations. In these 
circumstances, there may be developments outside our control requiring us to adjust our operating plan. As such, given the dynamic nature of this situation, 
the Company cannot reasonably estimate the impacts of COVID-19 on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows in the future. However, if 
a resurgence occurs and governments mandate restrictions, including restrictions on elective surgeries, we do expect that it could have a material adverse 
impact  on  our  revenue  growth,  operating  profit  and  cash  flow,  revised  payment  terms  with  certain  of  our  customers,  and  a  change  in  effective  tax  rate 
driven by changes in the mix of earnings across the Company’s jurisdictions.

We are focused on navigating these recent challenges presented by COVID-19 and believe we are in a strong position to continue to sustain and 

grow our business.  

Product Categories

While  we  group  our  products  into  two  categories,  Musculoskeletal  Solutions  and  Enabling  Technologies,  they  are  not  limited  to  a  particular 
technology, platform or surgical approach. Instead, our goal is to offer a comprehensive product suite that can be used to safely and effectively treat patients 
based on their specific anatomy and condition, and is customized to the surgeon’s training and surgical preference.

Musculoskeletal Solutions

Our  Musculoskeletal  Solutions  consist  primarily  of  implantable  devices,  biologics,  accessories,  and  unique  surgical  instruments  used  in  an 
expansive  range  of  spinal,  orthopedic  and  neurosurgical  procedures.  Musculoskeletal  disorders  are  a  leading  driver  of  healthcare  costs  worldwide. 
Disorders range in severity from mild pain and loss of feeling to extreme pain and paralysis. These disorders are primarily caused by degenerative and 
congenital  conditions,  deformity,  tumors  and  traumatic  injuries.  Treatment  alternatives  for  musculoskeletal  disorders  range  from  non-operative 
conservative  therapies  to  surgical  interventions  depending  on  the  pathology.  Conservative  therapies  include  bed  rest,  medication,  casting,  bracing,  and 
physical therapy. When conservative therapies are not indicated, or fail to provide adequate quality of life improvements, surgical interventions may be 
used. Surgical treatments for musculoskeletal disorders can be instrumented, which include the use of implants, or non-instrumented, which forego the use 
of hardware but may include biologics. 

Enabling Technologies

Our  Enabling  Technologies  are  comprised  of  imaging,  navigation  and  robotics  (“INR”)  solutions  for  assisted  surgery  which  are  advanced 
computer-assisted intelligent systems designed to enhance a surgeon’s capabilities, and ultimately improve patient care and reduce radiation exposure for 
all  involved,  by  streamlining  surgical  procedures  to  be  safer,  less  invasive,  and  more  accurate.  The  market  for  our  Enabling  Technologies  in  spine  and 
orthopedic surgery is still in the infancy stage and consists primarily of imaging, navigation and robotic systems. In spine, a majority of these technologies 
are limited to surgical planning and assistance in implant placement for increased accuracy and time savings with less intraoperative radiation exposure to 
the patient and surgical staff. As our Enabling Technologies become more fully integrated with our Musculoskeletal Solutions, a continued rise in adoption 
is expected. Furthermore, we believe as new technologies such as augmented reality and artificial intelligence are introduced, Enabling Technologies have 
the potential to transform the way surgery is performed and most importantly, continue to improve patient outcomes.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Geographic Information 

To  date,  the  primary  market  for  our  products  has  been  the  United  States,  where  we  sell  our  products  through  a  combination  of  direct  sales 
representatives  employed  by  us  and  distributor  sales  representatives  employed  by  exclusive  independent  distributors,  who  distribute  our  products  for  a 
commission that is generally based on a percentage of sales. We believe there is significant opportunity to strengthen our position in the U.S. market by 
increasing the size of our U.S. sales force and we intend to add additional direct and distributor sales representatives in the future.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, international net sales accounted for approximately 14.5% of our total net sales. We have sold our 
products  in  approximately  49  countries  other  than  the  United  States  through  a  combination  of  sales  representatives  employed  by  us  and  exclusive 
international  distributors.  We  believe  there  are  significant  opportunities  for  us  to  increase  our  presence  in  both  existing  and  new  international  markets 
through the continued expansion of our direct and distributor sales forces and through the commercialization of additional products.

Seasonality

Our business is generally not seasonal in nature. However, sales of Musculoskeletal Solutions products may be influenced by summer vacation 
and winter holiday periods during which we have experienced fewer surgeries taking place, as well as more surgeries taking place later in the year when 
patients have met the deductibles under insurance plans. Sales of our Enabling Technologies products may be influenced by longer capital purchase cycles 
and the timing of budget approvals for major capital purchases. 

Components of our Results of Operations

We  manage  our  business  globally  within  one  operating  segment,  which  is  consistent  with  how  our  management  reviews  our  business,  makes 

investment and resource allocation decisions and assesses operating performance.

Net Sales

We sell implants and related disposables, primarily to hospitals, for use by surgeons to treat musculoskeletal disorders. We generally place surgical 
sets, which contain our implants, disposables, surgical instruments and cases, in the field with our sales representatives, and the surgical sets are maintained 
either with our sales representatives or at our hospital customers that purchase the surgical sets used in surgeries. We recognize revenue when the implants 
and related disposables have been implanted or used in a surgery, or for sets that are sold directly, when title to the goods and risk of loss are transferred to 
the customer and there are no remaining performance obligations which affect the customer’s final acceptance of the sale. 

We  generally  recognize  INR  solutions  revenue  when  control  transfers  to  the  customer,  which  occurs  at  the  time  the  product  is  shipped  or 
delivered. Depending on the terms of the arrangement, we may also defer the recognition of a portion of the consideration as we satisfy future performance 
obligations related to the provision of maintenance and support.

Cost of Goods Sold

While we have increased our in-house implant product manufacturing capacity and assemble the ExcelsiusGPS® system in-house, we also have 
products manufactured by third-party suppliers. Substantially all of our suppliers manufacture our products in the United States. Our cost of goods sold 
consists primarily of costs from our in-house manufacturing, costs of products purchased from third-party suppliers, excess and obsolete inventory charges, 
depreciation of surgical instruments and cases, royalties, shipping, inspection and related costs incurred in making our products available for sale or use. 

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses primarily consist of engineering, product development, clinical and regulatory expenses, consulting services, 
outside prototyping services, internal and external research activities, materials, depreciation, and other costs associated with development of our products. 
Research and development expenses also include personnel and consultants’ compensation, stock-based compensation expense, and acquired research in 
process with no alternative future use. We expense research and development costs as they are incurred.

We expect to incur additional research and development costs as we continue to develop new products. These costs will increase in absolute terms 

as we continue to expand our product pipeline and add personnel.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and other related costs, including stock-based compensation, for 
personnel  employed  in  sales,  marketing,  finance,  legal,  compliance,  administrative,  information  technology,  medical  education  and  training,  quality  and 
human resource departments. Our selling, general and administrative expenses also include commissions, generally based on a percentage of sales, to direct 
sales representatives and distributors. We expect selling, general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute terms with the continued expansion 
of our sales force and commercialization of our current and pipeline products. We plan to hire more personnel to support the growth of our business.

Provision for Litigation

We record a provision for litigation settlements when a loss is known or considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated and in 

the case of a favorable settlement, income when realized.

Amortization of Intangibles

We amortize finite lived intangible assets over the period of estimated benefit using the straight-line method. Indefinite lived intangible assets are 
tested for impairment annually or whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset (asset group) may not be recoverable. If 
impairment is indicated, we measure the amount of the impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. 
Fair value is generally determined using a discounted future cash flow analysis.

Acquisition Related Costs

Acquisition related costs represent: the change in fair value of business-acquisition-related contingent consideration; costs related to integrating 
recently acquired businesses, including but not limited to costs to exit or convert contractual obligations, severance, and information system conversion; 
and specific costs related to the consummation of the acquisition process such as banker fees, legal fees, and other acquisition related professional fees.

Income Tax Provision

We are taxed at the rates applicable within each jurisdiction. The composite income tax rate, tax provisions, deferred tax assets and deferred tax 
liabilities will vary according to the jurisdiction in which profits arise. Tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by management and the 
respective  governmental  taxing  authorities,  and  require  us  to  exercise  judgment  in  determining  our  income  tax  provision,  our  deferred  tax  assets  and 
liabilities, and the valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be 
realized. A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that the future realization of all or some of the deferred tax assets will not be 
achieved.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  requires  us  to  make  assumptions,  estimates  and  judgments  that  affect  the  reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported 
amounts of sales and expenses during the reporting periods. Certain of our more critical accounting policies require the application of significant judgment 
by  management  in  selecting  the  appropriate  assumptions  for  calculating  financial  estimates.  By  their  nature,  these  judgments  are  subject  to  an  inherent 
degree of uncertainty. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our judgments, including but not limited to those related to inventories, recoverability of long-lived 
assets  and  the  fair  value  of  our  common  stock.  We  use  historical  experience  and  other  assumptions  as  the  basis  for  our  judgments  and  making  these 
estimates. Because future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Any 
changes in those estimates will be reflected in our consolidated financial statements as they occur. While our significant accounting policies are more fully 
described in “Part II; Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data; Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements; Note 2. Summary of 
Significant Accounting Policies” below in this Annual Report, we believe that the following accounting policies and estimates are most critical to a full 
understanding and evaluation of our reported financial results. The critical accounting policies addressed below reflect our most significant judgments and 
estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. We have reviewed these critical accounting policies with the audit committee of 
our Board.

Revenue Recognition. Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control of promised products or services to customers in an amount that reflects the 
consideration we expect to receive in exchange for those products or services. Sales and other taxes we collect concurrent with revenue-producing activities 
are  excluded  from  revenue.  For  purposes  of  disclosure,  we  disaggregate  our  revenue  into  two  categories,  Musculoskeletal  Solutions  and  Enabling 
Technologies.  Our  Musculoskeletal  Solutions  products  consist  primarily  of  the  implantable  devices,  disposables,  and  unique  instruments  used  in  an 
expansive range of spine, orthopedic trauma, hip, knee and extremity 

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
procedures. The majority of our Musculoskeletal Solutions contracts have a single performance obligation and revenue is recognized at a point in time. Our 
Enabling  Technologies  products  are  advanced  hardware  and  software  systems,  and  related  technologies,  that  are  designed  to  enhance  a  surgeon’s 
capabilities and streamline surgical procedures by making them less invasive, more accurate, and more reproducible to improve patient care. The majority 
of our Enabling Technologies product contracts contain multiple performance obligations, including maintenance and support, and revenue is recognized as 
we  fulfill  each  performance  obligation.  When  contracts  have  multiple  performance  obligations,  we  allocate  the  contract’s  transaction  price  to  each 
performance  obligation  using  our  best  estimate  of  the  standalone  selling  price  of  each  distinct  good  or  service  in  the  contract.  Our  policy  is  to  classify 
shipping and handling costs billed to customers as sales and the related expenses as cost of goods sold.

Excess and Obsolete Inventory. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out basis. 
The  majority  of  our  inventory  is  finished  goods  and  we  utilize  both  in-house  manufacturing  and  third-party  suppliers  to  produce  our  products.  We 
periodically  evaluate  the  carrying  value  of  our  inventories  in  relation  to  our  estimated  forecast  of  product  demand,  which  takes  into  consideration  the 
estimated life cycle of product releases. When quantities on hand exceed estimated sales forecasts, we record a write-down for such excess inventories. 
Once inventory has been written down, it creates a new cost basis for inventory that is not subsequently written up.

The  need  to  maintain  substantial  levels  of  inventory  increases  the  risk  of  carrying  excess  inventory.  Many  of  our  Musculoskeletal  Solutions 
products come in sets which feature components in a variety of sizes so that the implant or device may be customized to the patient’s needs. In order to 
market our Musculoskeletal Solutions products effectively, we must often maintain and provide surgeons and hospitals with surgical sets, back-up products 
and products of different sizes. For each surgery, fewer than all of the components of the set are used, and therefore certain portions of the set may be 
considered excess inventory since they are not likely to be used. One of our primary business goals is to focus on continual product innovation. Though we 
believe this provides us with a competitive advantage, it also increases the risk that our products will become excess or obsolete inventory prior to sale or 
prior to the end of their anticipated useful lives. When we introduce new products or next-generation products, we may be required to take charges for 
excess and obsolete inventory that have a significant impact on the value of our inventory or on our operating results.

Fair Value Measurements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the 
principal  or  most  advantageous  market  for  the  asset  or  the  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  on  the  measurement  date. 
Additionally, a fair value hierarchy was established that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the 
highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The level 
within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1—quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

Level 2—observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; and

Level 3—unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data available, which require the reporting entity to use significant unobservable 
inputs or valuation techniques.  

The purchase price of business acquisitions is primarily allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
based on their estimated fair values on the acquisition date, with the excess recorded as goodwill. We utilize Level 3 inputs in the determination of the 
initial fair value. 

Contingent  consideration  represents  contingent  milestone,  performance  and  revenue-sharing  payment  obligations  related  to  acquisitions  and  is 
measured at fair value, based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. 
The valuation of contingent consideration uses assumptions we believe would be made by a market participant. We assess these assumptions on an ongoing 
basis as additional data impacting the assumptions is obtained. The fair value of contingent consideration is recorded in business acquisition liabilities on 
our consolidated balance sheets, and the changes in the fair value of contingent consideration are recognized in acquisition related costs in the consolidated 
statements of operations and comprehensive income. The fair value of contingent restricted stock unit (“RSU”) grants are recorded as additional paid-in 
capital in the consolidated balance sheet on the day of the grant due to the remote likelihood of forfeiture.

Goodwill  and  Intangible  Assets.  Goodwill  represents  the  excess  purchase  price  over  the  fair  values  of  the  identifiable  assets  acquired  less  the 
liabilities  assumed.  Goodwill  is  tested  for  impairment  at  least  annually.  Goodwill  is  tested  for  impairment  at  the  reporting  unit  level  by  comparing  the 
reporting unit’s carrying amount to the fair value of the reporting unit. The fair values are estimated using an income and discounted cash flow approach. 
We perform our annual impairment test for goodwill in the fourth quarter of each 

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
year. We consider qualitative indicators of the fair value of a reporting unit when it is unlikely that a reporting unit has impaired goodwill. During the years 
ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we did not record any impairment charges related to goodwill.

Intangible  assets  consist  of  purchased  in-process  research  and  development  (“IPR&D”),  developed  technology,  supplier  network,  patents, 
customer relationships, re-acquired rights, and non-compete agreements. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over the period of estimated 
benefit using the straight-line method and estimated useful lives ranging from one to sixteen years. Intangible assets are tested for impairment annually or 
whenever  events  or  circumstances  indicate  that  a  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  (asset  group)  may  not  be  recoverable.  If  an  impairment  is  indicated,  we 
measure  the  amount  of  the  impairment  loss  as  the  amount  by  which  the  carrying  amount  exceeds  the  fair  value  of  the  asset.  Fair  value  is  generally 
determined using a discounted future cash flow analysis. There were no impairments of finite-lived intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 
2021, 2020, or 2019.

IPR&D has an indefinite life and is not amortized until completion of the project at which time the IPR&D becomes an amortizable asset. If the 
related project is not completed in a timely manner, we may have an impairment related to the IPR&D, calculated as the excess of the asset’s carrying value 
over its fair value. There were no impairments of IPR&D during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, or 2019.

Long-Lived Assets. We periodically evaluate the recoverability of the carrying amount of long-lived assets, which include property and equipment, 
as well as whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be fully recoverable. An impairment is 
assessed when the undiscounted future cash flows from the use and eventual disposition of an asset group are less than its carrying value. If an impairment 
is indicated, we measure the amount of the impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset group. Our fair 
value methodology is based on quoted market prices, if available. If quoted market prices are not available, an estimate of fair value is made based on 
prices of similar assets or other valuation techniques including present value techniques. During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we 
did not record any impairment charges related to long-lived assets.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense. The cost of employee and non-employee director awards is measured at the grant date fair value of the award 
and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the equity award. Compensation expense for awards 
includes the impact of forfeiture in the period when they occur.

We estimate the fair value of stock options utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Inputs to the Black-Scholes model include our stock 
price,  expected  volatility,  expected  term,  risk-free  interest  rate  and  expected  dividends.  Expected  volatility  is  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  the 
Company’s common stock over the most recent period commensurate with the estimated expected term of the Company’s stock options offering period 
which is derived from historical experience. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates of U.S. Treasury securities appropriate 
for the expected terms of the stock options. The dividend yield assumption is based on the history and expectation of no dividend payouts. The fair value of 
restricted stock units is estimated on the day of grant based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock.

We expect to continue to grant stock options in the future, and to the extent that we do, our actual stock-based compensation expense recognized 

may increase.

Legal Proceedings. We are involved in a number of proceedings, legal actions, and claims. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties, and the 
outcomes of these matters are not within our control and may not be known for prolonged periods of time. In some actions, the claimants seek damages, as 
well as other relief, including injunctions prohibiting us from engaging in certain activities, which, if granted, could require significant expenditures and/or 
result in lost revenues. We record a liability in the consolidated financial statements for these actions when a loss is considered probable and the amount 
can be reasonably estimated. If the reasonable estimate of a probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other, the 
minimum amount of the range is accrued. If a loss is reasonably possible but not known or probable, and can be reasonably estimated, the estimated loss or 
range of loss is disclosed. In most cases, significant judgment is required to estimate the amount and timing of a loss to be recorded. We expense legal costs 
related to loss contingencies as incurred. While it is not possible to predict the outcome for these matters, we believe it is possible that costs associated with 
them could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows.

Income Taxes. We  recognize  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial 
statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax 
rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which such items are expected to be received or settled. We recognize the effect on deferred tax 
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates in the period that includes the enactment date. We establish a valuation allowance to offset any deferred tax 
assets if, based upon available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

While  we  believe  that  our  tax  positions  are  fully  supportable,  there  is  a  risk  that  certain  positions  could  be  challenged  successfully.  In  these 

instances, we look to establish reserves. If we determine that a tax position is more likely than not of being 

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents
sustained upon audit, based solely on the technical merits of the position, we recognize the benefit. We measure the benefit by determining the amount that 
has  likelihood  greater  than  50%  of  being  realized  upon  settlement.  We  presume  that  all  tax  positions  will  be  examined  by  a  taxing  authority  with  full 
knowledge of all relevant information. We regularly monitor our tax positions, tax assets and tax liabilities. We reevaluate the technical merits of our tax 
positions  and  recognize  an  uncertain  tax  benefit  or  reverse  a  previously  recorded  tax  benefit  when  (i)  a  tax  audit  is  completed,  (ii)  applicable  tax  law, 
including  a  tax  case  or  legislative  guidance,  changes  or  (iii)  the  statute  of  limitations  expires.  Significant  judgment  is  required  in  accounting  for  tax 
reserves.

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2020

Net Sales

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our net sales by geography expressed as dollar amounts and the changes in sales between 

the specified periods expressed in dollar amounts and as percentages:

(In thousands, except percentages)
United States
International
Total net sales

Year Ended
December 31,

2021

2020

  $

  $

 819,571
 138,531
 958,102

 $

 $

 664,454
 124,588
 789,042

 $

 $

Change

$
 155,117
 13,943  
 169,060

%

23.3%
11.2%
21.4%

In the United States, the increase in net sales of $155.1 million was due primarily to increased spine product sales resulting from penetration in 
existing territories and an increase in sales volume of enabling technologies, both of which were partially attributable to the lower net sales for the year 
ending December 31, 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

International net sales increased by $13.9 million, which was due primarily to increased spine product sales resulting from penetration in existing 
territories and sales volume of enabling technologies, both of which were partially attributable to the lower net sales for the year ending December 31, 2020 
due to the COVID-19 pandemic. 

Cost of Goods Sold

(In thousands, except percentages)
Cost of goods sold
Percentage of net sales

Year Ended
December 31,

  $

2021

2020

 239,223

 $
25.0%  

 217,463

 $
27.6%  

Change

$

 21,760

%

10.0%

The  increase  in  cost  of  goods  sold  was  primarily  due  to  increased  volume,  and  increased  depreciation  and  royalty  costs.  These  increases  were 
partially offset by favorable production variances driven by manufacturing efficiencies, and lower write-downs of excess and obsolete inventory driven by 
the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on operations for the year ending December 31, 2020.

Research and Development Expenses

(In thousands, except percentages)
Research and development
Percentage of net sales

Year Ended
December 31,

  $

2021

2020

 $
 97,346
10.2%  

 $
 84,519
10.7%  

Change

$

 12,827

%

15.2%

The increase in research and development expenses was due primarily to the $34.3 million of acquired IPR&D for the year ending December 31, 
2021, partially offset by the $24.4 million of acquired IPR&D for the year ending December 31, 2020, which were all expensed because we determined that 
each did not have an alternative future use. The remaining change is driven by an increase in personnel related expenses due to our continued investment in 
product development.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

(In thousands, except percentages)
Selling, general and administrative
Percentage of net sales

Year Ended
December 31,

  $

2021

2020

 408,149

 $
42.6%  

 354,757

 $
45.0%  

Change

$

 53,392

%

15.1%

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to an increase in commission and bonus expenses resulting from 
higher  product  sales,  an  increase  in  travel  and  training  expenses,  which  are  comparable  to  pre-COVID-19  expenses,  and  an  increase  in  other  personnel 
related costs due to the continued build out of the spine, INR technology and orthopedic trauma sales forces.

Provision for Litigation

(In thousands, except percentages)
Provision for litigation
Percentage of net sales

Year Ended
December 31,

  $

2021

2020

 5,921
 $
0.6%  

 9
 $
0.0%  

The provision for litigation for the year ending December 31, 2021 includes accruals for potential legal settlements.

Amortization of Intangibles

(In thousands, except percentages)
Amortization of intangibles
Percentage of net sales

Year Ended
December 31,

  $

2021

2020

 18,526

 $
1.9%  

 16,831

 $
2.1%  

$

$

Change

 5,912

%
65688.9%

Change

 1,695

%

10.1%

The  increase  in  the  amortization  of  intangibles  is  primarily  due  to  the  developed  technology  intangible  asset  acquired  in  connection  with  the 

Nemaris acquisition and the intangible assets acquired in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020.

Acquisition Related Costs

(In thousands, except percentages)
Acquisition related costs
Percentage of net sales

Year Ended
December 31,

  $

2021

2020

 16,984

 $
1.8%  

 4,030
 $
0.5%  

Change

$

 12,954

%

321.4%

Acquisition related costs increased due to changes in fair value of business acquisition liabilities, driven by changes in market conditions and the 

achievement of certain performance conditions.

Other Income/(expense), Net

(In thousands, except percentages)
Other income/(expense), net
Percentage of net sales

Year Ended
December 31,

  $

2021

2020

 8,454
 $
0.9%  

 14,466

 $
1.8%  

Change

$

 (6,012)

%

-41.6%

The decrease in other income, net was due primarily to lower interest income from lower yields on marketable securities during the year ended 

December 31, 2021.

Income Tax Provision

(In thousands, except percentages)
Income tax provision
Effective income tax rate

Year Ended
December 31,

  $

2021

2020

 31,216
 $
17.3%  

 23,614
 $
18.8%  

Change

$

 7,602

%

32.2%

The decrease in the effective income tax rate was primarily the result of the non-deductible expense of acquired IPR&D in the prior year, partially 

offset by the lower effect of stock option exercises on higher pretax income in the current year.

A discussion of our Results of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 can be found in “Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations: Results of Operations; Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to the Year Ended 
December 31, 2019.” on our Form 10-K filed on February 17, 2021. 

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal source of liquidity is cash flow from operating activities as well as our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities, which 
we believe will provide sufficient funding for us to meet our liquidity requirements for the foreseeable future. Our principal liquidity requirements are to 
fund working capital, research and development, including clinical trials, capital expenditures primarily related to investment in surgical sets required to 
maintain and expand our business, and potential future business or intellectual property acquisitions. We expect to continue to make investments in surgical 
sets  as  we  launch  new  products,  increase  the  size  of  our  U.S.  sales  force,  and  expand  into  international  markets.  We  may,  however,  require  additional 
liquidity as we continue to execute our business strategy. To the extent that we require new sources of liquidity, we may consider incurring debt, including 
borrowing against our existing credit facility, convertible debt instruments, and/or raising additional funds through an equity offering. The sale of additional 
equity may result in dilution to our stockholders. There is no assurance that we will be able to secure such additional funding on terms acceptable to us, or 
at all.

In August 2020, we entered into a credit agreement with Citizens Bank, N.A. (the “Credit Agreement”) that provides a revolving credit facility 
permitting borrowings up to $125.0 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). As amended, the Credit Agreement has a termination date of August 3, 2022. 
The Revolving Credit Facility includes up to a $25.0 million sub limit for letters of credit. As of December 31, 2021, we have not borrowed under the 
Credit Agreement.

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2021. There have been no material changes in our 

remaining contractual obligations since that time.

(In thousands)
Operating leases
Purchase obligations (1)
Total (2) *

Total

Less than 1 Year

Payments Due by Period
1-3 Years

3-5 Years

  More than 5 Years

  $

  $

 5,362   $
 7,215    
 12,577   $

 2,266   $
3,015    
 5,281   $

 2,555   $
 2,500    
 5,055   $

 457   $
 1,700    
 2,157   $

 84
-
 84

(1)  Reflects minimum annual volume commitments to purchase inventory under certain of our supplier contracts.
(2)  In connection with certain acquisitions completed in 2011 through 2021, we have certain contingent consideration obligations payable to the sellers in 
these  transactions  upon  the  achievement  of  certain  regulatory  and  sales  milestones.  For  further  information,  see  Notes 3,  and  6  to  the  consolidated 
financial statements in “Part II; Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

*  Excludes contributions to pension and other post-employment benefit plans, uncertain tax positions, non-current tax liabilities and royalty obligations 
for  which  we  cannot  make  a  reliable  estimate  of  the  period  of  cash  settlement.  For  further  information,  see  Notes  14,  and  17  to  the  consolidated 
financial statements in “Part II; Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities:

(In thousands)
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash
Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and 
restricted cash

 $

 $

Cash Provided by Operating Activities

2021
 276,274   $
 (375,939) 
 54,147  
 (810) 

Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 198,793   $
 (117,322) 
 (38,663) 
 865  

2019
 171,975   $
 (140,281) 
 24,439  
 (156) 

2021-2020
Change
$
 77,481   $

 (258,617) 
 92,810  
 (1,675) 

2020-2019
Change
$
 26,818
 22,959
 (63,102)
 1,021

 (46,328)  $

 43,673   $

 55,977   $

 (90,001)  $

 (12,304)

The increase in net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily due to the increase of cash flow 
from net income and reduced outflows for inventories and liabilities. These were partially offset by an unfavorable change in accounts receivable as a result 
of increased sales.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Cash Used in Investing Activities

The increase in net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was due primarily to the net outflows of purchases, 

maturities and sales of marketable securities, which was partially offset by a decrease in purchases of property and equipment.

Cash Provided by Financing Activities

The  increase  in  net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  for  year  ended  December  31,  2021  was  primarily  the  result  of  the  cash  used  for  the 

repurchase of common stock in the year ended December 31, 2020, partially offset by a decrease in proceeds from option exercises.

A discussion of our Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2020 can be found in “Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations: Results of Operations; Cash Flows.” on our Form 10-K filed on February 17, 2021.

Related-Party Transactions

We do not have any related-party transactions.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

For further details on recently issued accounting pronouncements, please refer to “Part II; Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data;  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements;  Note  2.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies;  (v)  Recently  Issued  Accounting 
Pronouncements.”

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in the financial markets. We are exposed to various market risks, which may result in 
potential losses arising from adverse changes in market rates, such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates. We do not enter into derivatives or other 
financial  instruments  for  trading  or  speculative  purposes  and  do  not  believe  we  are  exposed  to  material  market  risk  with  respect  to  our  cash,  cash 
equivalents and marketable debt securities. 

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk relates primarily to our revolving credit facility and our investments in cash equivalents and marketable debt 
securities. At December 31, 2021, we had no debt outstanding under our revolving credit facility and therefore were not exposed to interest rate risk with 
respect to interest payable under that facility.

In general, our investments in cash equivalents and marketable debt securities are governed by our investment policy, which has been approved by 
our  Board  of  Directors.  Our  investment  policy  seeks  to  preserve  the  value  of  capital,  consistent  with  maximizing  return  on  our  investments  while 
maintaining  adequate  liquidity.  To  achieve  our  investment  objectives,  we  maintain  a  portfolio  of  various  holdings,  types  and  maturities  and  invest  in 
securities that meet or exceed our investment policy standards, focusing on high credit quality debt securities.

We  continue  to  be  exposed  to  interest  rate  risk  related  to  our  cash  equivalents  and  marketable  securities.  Generally,  our  interest  rate  risk  with 
respect to these investments is limited due to yields earned. Changes in the overall level of interest rates affect the interest income generated by our cash, 
cash equivalents and marketable securities. Our investment policy limits the amount of credit exposure to any one issue, issuer or type of security. Our 
securities all have effective maturity dates within three years of the date of purchase and are designated as available for sale. As of December 31, 2021, we 
believe that a hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would not materially affect the underlying valuation of our marketable securities.

Foreign Exchange Risk

We operate in countries outside of the United States and, therefore, we are exposed to foreign currency risk. Most of our direct sales outside of the 
United  States  are  invoiced  in  local  currencies.  We  expect  the  percentage  of  our  sales  and  operating  expenses  denominated  in  foreign  currencies  will 
increase in the foreseeable future as we continue to expand into international markets. When our sales or expenses are not denominated in U.S. dollars, a 
fluctuation in exchange rates could affect our net income. We do not currently hold derivatives to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate 
fluctuations; however, we may choose to hedge our exposure in the future.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ( Deloitte & Touche LLP, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, PCAOB ID No. 34)
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statements of Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

51
54
55
56
59
60

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Globus Medical, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Globus Medical, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2021 and 
2020, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
December 31, 2021, and the related notes and the schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our 
opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the 
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued 
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 17, 2022, expressed an unqualified opinion on 
the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial 
statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the 
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the 
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing 
procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to 
those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits 
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the 
financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or 
required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) 
involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion 
on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical 
audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Inventories Valuation – Refer to Notes 2 and 7 to the financial statements 

Critical Audit Matter Description

Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Management periodically evaluates the carrying value of inventories in relation to the 
forecasts of product demand, which takes into consideration the estimated life cycle of product releases. When quantities on hand exceed sales forecasts, a 
write-down is recorded for such excess inventories. Changes in assumptions of product demand could have a significant impact on the amount of write-
down recorded.

Given the inherent uncertainty in forecasting product demand, including the impact of product releases, auditing the reasonableness of management’s 
estimates and assumptions required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our procedures related to management’s forecasts of product demand used to record a write-down for excess and obsolete inventories included the 
following, among others: 

51

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

• We tested the effectiveness of controls over management’s inventory valuation model, including those over management’s development and 

approval of product demand forecasts.

• We evaluated management’s ability to accurately forecast product demand by comparing actual results to management’s historical estimates.
• We tested the mathematical accuracy of management’s calculations. 
• We selected a sample of products and verified that the product demand forecasts were supported by historical sales data and other current 

information.  

• We performed corroborative inquiries with the personnel responsible for product development and sales forecasting to evaluate the reasonableness 

of the product demand forecasts.  

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania  
February 17, 2022 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Globus Medical, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Globus Medical, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021, based on 
criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 
31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated 
financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021, of the Company and our report dated February 17, 2022, expressed an unqualified 
opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of 
internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm 
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the 
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating 
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We 
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control 
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly 
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are 
being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial 
statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of 
effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of 
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 17, 2022

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share values)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
Short-term marketable securities
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $4,962 and $4,408, respectively
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Income taxes receivable
Total current assets

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $305,575 and $276,451, respectively
Long-term marketable securities
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill
Other assets
Deferred income taxes

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Income taxes payable
Business acquisition liabilities
Deferred revenue
Payable to broker

Total current liabilities

Business acquisition liabilities, net of current portion
Deferred income taxes
Other liabilities

Total liabilities

  $

  $

  $

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)
Equity:
Class A common stock; $0.001 par value.  Authorized 500,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 79,113,916 and 
77,284,007 shares at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively
Class B common stock; $0.001 par value.  Authorized 275,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 22,430,097 and 
22,430,097 shares at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Retained earnings
Total equity
Total liabilities and equity

  $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

54

December 31,

2021

2020

 193,069   $
 250,378  
 164,436  
 237,001  
 18,417  
 1,215  
 864,516  
 221,076  
 562,475  
 68,660  
 179,708  
 36,334  
 24,494  
 1,957,263   $

 21,955   $
 91,168  
 1,046  
 11,770  
 12,025  
 2,200  
 140,164  
 58,755  
 4,314  
 12,642  
 215,875  

 239,397
 187,344
 141,676
 229,153
 17,771
 6,424
 821,765
 216,879
 358,522
 86,949
 156,716
 32,039
 6,615
 1,679,485

 18,205
 78,334
 1,101
 5,777
 8,125
 9,250
 120,792
 31,493
 6,202
 14,701
 173,188

 79  

 77

 22  
 553,787  
 (6,772) 
 1,194,272  
 1,741,388  
 1,957,263   $

 22
 457,161
 3,955
 1,045,082
 1,506,297
 1,679,485

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Net sales
Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development
Selling, general and administrative
Provision for litigation
Amortization of intangibles
Acquisition related costs
Total operating expenses

Operating income/(loss)

Other income/(expense), net

Interest income/(expense), net
Foreign currency transaction gain/(loss)
Other income/(expense)
Total other income/(expense), net

Income/(loss) before income taxes

Income tax provision

Net income/(loss)

Other comprehensive income/(loss):

Unrealized gain/(loss) on marketable securities, net of tax
Foreign currency translation gain/(loss)
Total other comprehensive income/(loss)
Comprehensive income/(loss)

Earnings per share:

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic
Diluted

  $

2021

 958,102   $
 239,223  
 718,879  

Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 789,042   $
 217,463  
 571,579  

 97,346  
 408,149  
 5,921  
 18,526  
 16,984  
 546,926  

 84,519  
 354,757  
 9  
 16,831  
 4,030  
 460,146  

2019
 785,368
 179,975
 605,393

 60,073
 354,757
 2,190
 13,809
 2,575
 433,404

 171,953  

 111,433  

 171,989

 9,297  
 (1,423) 
 580  
 8,454  

 180,407  
 31,216  

 13,952  
 (279) 
 793  
 14,466  

 125,899  
 23,614  

 17,406
 75
 476
 17,957

 189,946
 34,736

  $

 149,191   $

 102,285   $

 155,210

  $

  $
  $

 (6,054) 
 (4,673) 
 (10,727) 
 138,464   $

 1,402  
 5,451  
 6,853  
 109,138   $

 1.48   $
 1.44   $

 1.04   $
 1.01   $

 100,734  
 103,623  

 98,580  
 100,971  

 3,767
 507
 4,274
 159,484

 1.57
 1.52

 99,150
 101,998

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(In thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2020
Stock-based compensation
Grant of restricted stock units
Exercise of stock options
Comprehensive income/(loss)
Balance at March 31, 2021
Stock-based compensation
Grant of restricted stock units
Exercise of stock options
Comprehensive income/(loss)
Balance at June 30, 2021
Stock-based compensation
Grant of restricted stock units
Exercise of stock options
Comprehensive income/(loss)
Balance at September 30, 2021
Stock-based compensation
Grant of restricted stock units
Exercise of stock options
Comprehensive income/(loss)
Balance at December 31, 2021

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

Class A

Common Stock  

  Shares  

$

Class B
Common Stock
$
Shares

Additional 
paid-in  
capital

comprehensive   Retained    
income/(loss)

Accumulated 
other 

 22  $  457,161  $
 7,883   
 —   
 163   
 —   
 9,100   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22  $  474,307  $
 7,788   
 —   
 197   
 —   
 26,496   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22  $  508,788  $
 7,621   
 —   
 1,311   
 —   
 24,335   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22  $  542,055  $
 7,962   
 —   
 207   
 —   
 3,563   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22  $  553,787  $

 3,955  $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 (5,779)  
 (1,824) $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 252   
 (1,572) $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 (1,482)  
 (3,054) $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 (3,718)  
 (6,772) $

 77,284  $
 —   
 —   
 303   
 —   
 77,587  $
 —   
 —   
 716   
 —   
 78,303  $
 —   
 —   
 727   
 —   
 79,030  $
 —   
 —   
 84   
 —   
 79,114  $

 77  
 —  
 —  
 1  
 —  
 78  
 —  
 —  
 1  
 —  
 79  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 79  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 79  

 22,430  $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22,430  $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22,430  $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22,430  $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22,430  $

56

earnings
1,045,082  $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 45,329   
1,090,411  $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 41,545   
1,131,956  $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 47,211   
1,179,167  $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 15,105   
1,194,272  $

Total
1,506,297
 7,883
 163
 9,101
 39,550
1,562,994
 7,788
 197
 26,497
 41,797
1,639,273
 7,621
 1,311
 24,335
 45,729
1,718,269
 7,962
 207
 3,563
 11,387
1,741,388

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
    
  
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Class A

Common Stock  

  Shares  

$

Class B
Common Stock
$
Shares

Additional 
paid-in  
capital

Accumulated 
other 

comprehensive   Retained    
income/(loss)

earnings
1,047,931  $

 77,394  $

 77  

 22,431  $

 22  $  357,320  $

 (2,898) $

(In thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2019
Cumulative effects of adoption of accounting 
standards
Stock-based compensation
Exercise of stock options
Comprehensive income/(loss)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock  
Balance at March 31, 2020
Stock-based compensation
Exercise of stock options
Comprehensive income/(loss)
Repurchase and retirement of common stock  
Balance at June 30, 2020
Stock-based compensation
Exercise of stock options
Comprehensive income/(loss)
Balance at September 30, 2020
Stock-based compensation
Grant of restricted stock units
Exercise of stock options
Comprehensive income/(loss)
Balance at December 31, 2020

 —   
 —   
 190   
 —   
 (1,920)  
 75,664  $
 —   
 434   
 —   
 (771)  
 75,327  $
 —   
 915   
 —   
 76,242  $
 —   
 —   
 1,042   
 —   
 77,284  $

 —  
 —  
 1  
 —  
 (2) 
 76  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (1) 
 75  
 —  
 1  
 —  
 76  
 —  
 —  
 1  
 —  
 77  

 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22,431  $
 —   
 (1)  
 —   
 —   
 22,430  $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22,430  $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22,430  $

 —   
 —   
 6,902   
 —   
 5,762   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22  $  369,984  $
 7,426   
 —   
 10,201   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22  $  387,611  $
 7,007   
 —   
 28,156   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22  $  422,774  $
 5,995   
 —   
 191   
 —   
 28,201   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22  $  457,161  $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 —   
 —   
 —   
 (3,368)  
 —   
 (6,266) $
 —   
 —   
 7,564   
 —   
 1,298  $
 —   
 —   
 909   
 2,207  $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 1,748   
 3,955  $

 (468)  
 —   
 —   
 25,949   
 (73,862)  
 999,550  $
 —   
 —   
 (20,837)  
 (30,804)  
 947,909  $
 —   
 —   
 44,216   
 992,125  $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 52,957   
1,045,082  $

57

Total
1,402,452

 (468)
 6,902
 5,763
 22,581
 (73,864)
1,363,366
 7,426
 10,201
 (13,273)
 (30,805)
1,336,915
 7,007
 28,157
 45,125
1,417,204
 5,995
 191
 28,202
 54,705
1,506,297

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(In thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2018
Stock-based compensation
Exercise of stock options
Comprehensive income/(loss)
Balance at March 31, 2019
Stock-based compensation
Exercise of stock options
Comprehensive income/(loss)
Balance at June 30, 2019
Stock-based compensation
Exercise of stock options
Comprehensive income/(loss)
Balance at September 30, 2019
Stock-based compensation
Exercise of stock options
Comprehensive income/(loss)
Balance at December 31, 2019

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY (Continued)

Class A

Common Stock  

  Shares  

$

Class B
Common Stock
$
Shares

Additional 
paid-in  
capital

Accumulated 
other 

comprehensive   Retained    
income/(loss)

earnings

 76,144  $
 —   
 407   
 —   
 76,551  $
 —   
 96   
 —   
 76,647  $
 —   
 326   
 —   
 76,973  $
 —   
 421   
 —   
 77,394  $

 76  
 —  
 1  
 —  
 77  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 77  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 77  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 77  

 22,431  $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22,431  $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22,431  $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22,431  $
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22,431  $

 22  $  299,869  $
 6,541   
 —   
 —   
 10,255   
 —   
 —   
 22  $  316,665  $
 6,381   
 —   
 2,015   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22  $  325,061  $
 6,978   
 —   
 7,081   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22  $  339,120  $
 6,516   
 —   
 11,684   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 22  $  357,320  $

 (7,172) $
 —   
 —   
 1,692   
 (5,480) $
 —   
 —   
 3,752   
 (1,728) $
 —   
 —   
 (1,098)  
 (2,826) $
 —   
 —   
 (72)  
 (2,898) $

 892,721  $
 —   
 (1)  
 33,210   
 925,930  $
 —   
 1   
 38,163   
 964,094  $
 —   
 1   
 38,307   
1,002,402  $
 —   
 —   
 45,529   
1,047,931  $

Total
1,185,516
 6,541
 10,255
 34,902
1,237,214
 6,381
 2,016
 41,915
1,287,526
 6,978
 7,082
 37,209
1,338,795
 6,516
 11,684
 45,457
1,402,452

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
    
  
 
    
    
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Acquired in-process research and development
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of premium (discount) on marketable securities
Write-down for excess and obsolete inventories, net
Stock-based compensation expense
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Change in fair value of business acquisition liabilities
Change in deferred income taxes
(Gain)/loss on disposal of assets, net
Payment of business acquisition related liabilities
(Increase)/decrease in:
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other assets

Increase/(decrease) in:
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Income taxes payable/receivable

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of marketable securities
Maturities of marketable securities
Sales of marketable securities
Purchases of property and equipment
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired and purchases of intangible and other assets

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:

Payment of business acquisition liabilities
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Repurchase of common stock

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
Effect of foreign exchange rate on cash
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Income taxes paid
Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued expenses 

Year Ended
December 31,
2020

2021

2019

$

 149,191   $

 102,285   $

 155,210

 34,312  
 69,867  
 2,781  
 6,143  
 30,586  
 1,200  
 16,807  
 (17,615) 
 464  
 (210) 

 (25,895) 
 (11,971) 
 (6,178) 

 3,684  
 17,896  
 5,212  
 276,274  

 (622,359) 
 227,908  
 109,898  
 (56,898) 
 (34,488) 
 (375,939) 

 24,418  
 62,874  
 587  
 17,741  
 27,073  
 2,960  
 2,674  
 (4,338) 
 809  
 (700) 

 10,696  
 (50,111) 
 (11,088) 

 (6,352) 
 17,608  
 1,657  
 198,793  

 (223,540) 
 134,462  
 68,897  
 (63,658) 
 (33,483) 
 (117,322) 

 (9,349) 
 63,496  
 —  
 54,147  
 (810) 
 (46,328) 
 239,397  
 193,069   $

 (6,316) 
 72,322  
 (104,669) 
 (38,663) 
 865  
 43,673  
 195,724  
 239,397   $

 —
 52,734
 (1,089)
 2,498
 26,085
 3,026
 1,787
 4,302
 866
 —

 (18,306)
 (50,018)
 (12,263)

 773
 7,043
 (673)
 171,975

 (346,526)
 247,008
 53,786
 (70,750)
 (23,799)
 (140,281)

 (6,597)
 31,036
 —
 24,439
 (156)
 55,977
 139,747
 195,724

 45,027   $
 4,551   $

 25,437   $
 4,210   $

 34,139
 4,226

$

 $
$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTE 1. BACKGROUND 

(a) The Company 

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Globus  Medical,  Inc.,  together  with  its  subsidiaries,  is  a  medical  device  company  that  develops  and  commercializes  healthcare  solutions  in  a 
mission to improve the quality of life of patients with musculoskeletal disorders. We are primarily focused on implants that promote healing in patients 
with  musculoskeletal  disorders,  including  the  use  of  a  robotic  guidance  and  navigation  system  and  products  to  treat  patients  who  have  experienced 
orthopedic traumas.

We  are  an  engineering-driven  company  with  a  history  of  rapidly  developing  and  commercializing  advanced  products  and  procedures  to  assist 
surgeons in effectively treating their patients and to address new treatment options. With over 220 products launched, we offer a comprehensive portfolio of 
innovative and differentiated technologies that address a variety of musculoskeletal pathologies, anatomies, and surgical approaches.

We are headquartered in Audubon, Pennsylvania, and market and sell our products through our exclusive sales force in the United States, as well 
as within North, Central & South America, Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia. The sales force consists of direct sales representatives and distributor sales 
representatives employed by exclusive independent distributors.

The terms the “Company,” “Globus,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Globus Medical, Inc. and, where applicable, our consolidated subsidiaries.

(b) COVID-19 Pandemic Impact 

In  March  2020,  the  World  Health  Organization  declared  the  novel  strain  of  coronavirus  (“COVID-19”)  a  global  pandemic  and  recommended 
containment and mitigation measures worldwide. COVID-19 has significantly impacted the economic conditions in the U.S. and globally as federal, state 
and local governments react to the public health crisis, creating significant uncertainties in the economy.

Although  the  Company  cannot  reasonably  estimate  the  length  or  severity  of  the  impact  that  COVID-19  will  have  on  its  financial  results,  the 
Company  may  experience  a  material  adverse  impact  on  its  sales,  results  of  operations,  and  cash  flows  in  2022  should  there  be  a  resurgence  impacting 
hospitals, surgical facilities, our internal operations, or our suppliers.

In response to these developments, the Company will continue to monitor liquidity and cash flow. The Company has the ability to borrow from its 

existing credit facility, if needed, although we do not expect to do so due to our cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities balances.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(a) Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. 

GAAP”). 

(b) Principles of Consolidation 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Globus and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances 

and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. 

(c) Use of Estimates 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, 
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We base our estimates, in part, on historical experience that management 
believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates and assumptions are periodically reviewed 
and the effects of revisions are reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the period they are determined to be necessary.

Significant  areas  that  require  estimates  include  revenue  recognition,  intangible  assets,  business  acquisition  liabilities,  allowance  for  doubtful 

accounts, stock-based compensation, reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, useful lives of assets, the outcome of litigation, 

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

recoverability  of  intangible  assets  and  income  taxes.  We  are  subject  to  risks  and  uncertainties  due  to  changes  in  the  healthcare  environment,  regulatory 
oversight, competition, and legislation that may cause actual results to differ from estimated results.

(d) Revenue Recognition

Revenue  is  recognized  upon  transfer  of  control  of  promised  products  or  services  to  customers  in  an  amount  that  reflects  the  consideration  we 
expect to receive in exchange for those products or services. Sales and other taxes we collect concurrent with revenue-producing activities are excluded 
from  revenue.  For  purposes  of  disclosure,  we  disaggregate  our  revenue  into  two  categories,  Musculoskeletal  Solutions  and  Enabling  Technologies.  Our 
Musculoskeletal Solutions products consist primarily of the implantable devices, disposables, and unique instruments used in an expansive range of spine, 
orthopedic trauma, hip, knee and extremity procedures. The majority of our Musculoskeletal Solutions contracts have a single performance obligation and 
revenue is recognized at a point in time. Our Enabling Technologies products are advanced hardware and software systems, and related technologies, that 
are designed to enhance a surgeon’s capabilities and streamline surgical procedures by making them less invasive, more accurate, and more reproducible to 
improve patient care. The majority of our Enabling Technologies product contracts contain multiple performance obligations, including maintenance and 
support,  and  revenue  is  recognized  as  we  fulfill  each  performance  obligation.  When  contracts  have  multiple  performance  obligations,  we  allocate  the 
contract’s transaction price to each performance obligation using our best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the 
contract. Our policy is to classify shipping and handling costs billed to customers as sales and the related expenses as cost of goods sold.

Nature of Products and Services

A  significant  portion  of  our  Musculoskeletal  Solutions  product  revenue  is  generated  from  consigned  inventory  maintained  at  hospitals  or  with 
sales representatives. Revenue from the sale of consigned musculoskeletal products is recognized when we transfer control, which occurs at the time the 
product  is  used  or  implanted.  For  all  other  Musculoskeletal  Solutions  product  transactions,  we  recognize  revenue  when  we  transfer  title  to  the  goods, 
provided there are no remaining performance obligations that can affect the customer’s final acceptance of the sale. 

Revenue from the sale of Enabling Technologies products is generally recognized when control transfers to the customer which occurs at the time 
the product is shipped or delivered. Depending on the terms of the arrangement, we may also defer the recognition of a portion of the consideration as we 
satisfy future performance obligations related to the provision of maintenance and support. We use an observable price to determine the stand-alone selling 
price for each separate performance obligation.

Contract Balances

Timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. We record a receivable when revenue is recognized prior to 

invoicing, or deferred revenue when revenue is recognized subsequent to invoicing.

Deferred  revenue  is  comprised  mainly  of  unearned  revenue  related  to  the  sales  of  certain  Enabling  Technologies  products,  which  includes 
maintenance and support services. Deferred revenue is generally invoiced annually at the beginning of each contract period and recognized ratably over the 
coverage period. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, there was an immaterial amount of revenue recognized from previously deferred 
revenue.

(e) Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk, are primarily marketable securities and accounts receivable. 
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited due to the large number of entities comprising our customer base. We perform 
ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and generally do not require collateral.

There was no customer that accounted for 10% or more of sales for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

(f) Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash

The  Company  considers  all  short-term,  highly  liquid  investments  with  original  maturities  of  90  days  or  less  at  acquisition  date  to  be  cash 

equivalents.  Cash equivalents, which consist of money market accounts, commercial paper and corporate debt securities are stated at fair value.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(g) Marketable Securities

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Our  marketable  securities  include  municipal  bonds,  corporate  debt  securities,  commercial  paper,  asset-backed  securities,  and  securities  of 
government, federal agency, and other sovereign obligations, and are classified as available-for-sale as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. Short-term and 
long-term marketable securities are recorded at fair value on our consolidated balance sheets. Any change in fair value for available-for-sale securities, that 
do  not  result  in  recognition  or  reversal  of  an  allowance  for  credit  loss  or  write  down,  is  recorded,  net  of  taxes,  as  a  component  of  accumulated  other 
comprehensive  income  or  loss  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Premiums  and  discounts  are  recognized  over  the  life  of  the  related  security  as  an 
adjustment to yield using the straight-line method. Realized gains or losses from the sale of marketable securities are determined on a specific identification 
basis.  Realized  gains  and  losses,  interest  income  and  the  amortization/accretion  of  premiums/discounts  are  included  as  a  component  of  other 
income/(expense), net, on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. Interest receivable is recorded as a component of prepaid 
expenses and other current assets on our consolidated balance sheets.

We invest in securities that meet or exceed standards as defined in our investment policy. Our policy also limits the amount of credit exposure to 
any one issue, issuer or type of security. We review declines in the fair value of our securities to determine whether they are resulting from expected credit 
losses  or  other  factors.    If  the  assessment  indicates  a  credit  loss  exists,  we  recognize  any  measured  impairment  as  an  allowance  for  credit  loss  in  our 
consolidated statements of operations. Any other impairments not recorded through allowance for credit losses is recognized in our other comprehensive 
income. 

(h) Fair Value Measurements

Assets and Liabilities That Are Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Fair  value  is  defined  as  the  price  that  would  be  received  for  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  (an  exit  price)  in  the  principal  or  most 
advantageous market for the asset or the liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Additionally, a fair value 
hierarchy  was  established  that  prioritizes  the  inputs  to  valuation  techniques  used  to  measure  fair  value.  The  hierarchy  gives  the  highest  priority  to 
unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The level within the fair value 
hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1—quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

Level 2—observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; and

Level 3—unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data available, which require the reporting entity to use significant unobservable 
inputs or valuation techniques.  

Assets and Liabilities That Are Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The purchase price of business acquisitions is primarily allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
based on their estimated fair values on the acquisition date, with the excess recorded as goodwill. We utilize Level 3 inputs in the determination of the 
initial fair value. 

Contingent  consideration  represents  contingent  milestone,  performance  and  revenue-sharing  payment  obligations  related  to  acquisitions  and  is 
measured at fair value, based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value 
hierarchy. The valuation of contingent consideration uses assumptions we believe would be made by a market participant. We assess these assumptions on 
an ongoing basis as additional data impacting the assumptions is obtained. The fair value of contingent consideration is recorded in business acquisition 
liabilities  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheets,  and  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  contingent  consideration  is  recognized  in  acquisition  related  costs  in  the 
consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive  income.  The  fair  value  of  contingent  restricted  stock  unit  (“RSU”)  grants  are  recorded  as 
additional paid-in capital in the consolidated balance sheet on the day of the grant due to the remote likelihood of forfeiture.

(i) Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out basis. The majority of our inventory is 
finished goods and we utilize both in-house manufacturing and third-party suppliers to produce our products. We periodically evaluate the carrying value of 
our inventories in relation to estimated forecasts of product demand, which takes into consideration the life cycle 

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

of product releases. When quantities on hand exceed estimated sales forecasts, we record a write-down for such excess inventories. Once inventory has 
been written down, it creates a new cost basis for inventory that is not subsequently written up.

(j) Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  is  recorded  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation.  Additions  or  improvements  are  capitalized,  while  repairs  and 

maintenance are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is recognized using the straight-line method over the related useful lives of the assets.

When  assets  are  sold  or  otherwise  disposed  of,  the  related  property,  equipment,  and  accumulated  depreciation  amounts  are  relieved  from  the 

accounts, and any gain or loss is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

(k) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  purchase  price  over  the  fair  values  of  the  identifiable  assets  acquired  less  the  liabilities  assumed  in  the 
acquisition of a business. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level by comparing the 
reporting unit’s carrying amount to the fair value of the reporting unit. Fair values are estimated using an income and discounted cash flow approach. We 
perform our annual impairment test of goodwill in the fourth quarter of each year. We consider qualitative indicators of the fair value of a reporting unit 
when  it  is  unlikely  that  a  reporting  unit  has  impaired  goodwill.  During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020,  and  2019,  we  did  not  record  any 
impairment charges related to goodwill.

Intangible  assets  consist  of  purchased  in-process  research  and  development  (“IPR&D”),  developed  technology,  supplier  network,  patents, 
customer relationships, re-acquired rights, and non-compete agreements. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over the period of estimated 
benefit using the straight-line method and estimated useful lives ranging from one to sixteen years. Intangible assets are tested for impairment annually or 
whenever  events  or  circumstances  indicate  that  a  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  (asset  group)  may  not  be  recoverable.  If  an  impairment  is  indicated,  we 
measure  the  amount  of  the  impairment  loss  as  the  amount  by  which  the  carrying  amount  exceeds  the  fair  value  of  the  asset.  Fair  value  is  generally 
determined using a discounted future cash flow analysis. There were no impairments of finite-lived intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 
2021, 2020, and 2019.

IPR&D has an indefinite life and is not amortized until completion of the project at which time the IPR&D becomes an amortizable asset. If the 
related project is not completed in a timely manner, we may have an impairment related to the IPR&D, calculated as the excess of the asset’s carrying value 
over its fair value. There were no impairments of IPR&D during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019.

(l) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We  periodically  evaluate  the  recoverability  of  the  carrying  amount  of  long-lived  assets,  which  include  property  and  equipment,  as  well  as 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be fully recoverable. An impairment is assessed 
when  the  undiscounted  future  cash  flows  from  the  use  and  eventual  disposition  of  an  asset  group  are  less  than  its  carrying  value.  If  an  impairment  is 
indicated, we measure the amount of the impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset group. Our fair 
value methodology is based on quoted market prices, if available. If quoted market prices are not available, an estimate of fair value is made based on 
prices of similar assets or other valuation techniques including present value techniques. During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we 
did not record any impairment charges related to long-lived assets.

(m) Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold consists primarily of costs from our manufacturing operations, costs of products purchased from third-party suppliers, reserves 
for excess and obsolete inventory, depreciation of surgical instruments and cases, royalties, shipping, inspection and related costs incurred in making our 
products available for sale or use. 

(n) Research and Development

Research  and  development  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Research  and  development  costs  include  salaries,  employee  benefits,  supplies, 
consulting services, clinical services and clinical trial costs, and facilities costs. Costs incurred in obtaining technology licenses and patents are charged 
immediately to research and development expense if the technology licensed has not reached technological feasibility and has no alternative future use.

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(o) Stock-Based Compensation

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The cost of employee and non-employee director awards is measured at the grant date fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over 
the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the equity award. Compensation expense for awards includes the impact of forfeiture 
in the period when they occur.

We estimate the fair value of stock options utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Inputs to the Black-Scholes model include our stock 
price,  expected  volatility,  expected  term,  risk-free  interest  rate  and  expected  dividends.  Expected  volatility  is  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  the 
Company’s  common  stock  over  the  most  recent  period  commensurate  with  the  estimated  expected  term  of  the  Company’s  stock  options  offering 
period which is derived from historical experience. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates of U.S. Treasury securities 
appropriate for the expected terms of the stock options. The dividend yield assumption is based on the history and expectation of no dividend payouts. The 
fair value of restricted stock units is estimated on the day of grant based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock.

(p) Provision for Litigation

We are involved in a number of proceedings, legal actions, and claims. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties, and the outcomes of these 
matters are not within our control and may not be known for prolonged periods of time. In some actions, the claimants seek damages, as well as other 
relief, including injunctions prohibiting us from engaging in certain activities, which, if granted, could require significant expenditures and/or result in lost 
revenues.  We  record  a  liability  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  these  actions  when  a  loss  is  considered  probable  and  the  amount  can  be 
reasonably  estimated.  If  the  reasonable  estimate  of  a  probable  loss  is  a  range,  and  no  amount  within  the  range  is  a  better  estimate  than  any  other,  the 
minimum amount of the range is accrued. If a loss is reasonably possible but not known or probable, and can be reasonably estimated, the estimated loss or 
range of loss is disclosed. In most cases, significant judgment is required to estimate the amount and timing of a loss to be recorded. We expense legal costs 
related to loss contingencies as incurred. 

(q) Acquisition Related Costs

Acquisition related costs represents the change in fair value of business acquisition related contingent consideration; costs related to integrating 
recently acquired businesses including but not limited to costs to exit or convert contractual obligations, severance, and information system conversion; and 
specific costs related to the consummation of the acquisition process such as banker fees, legal fees, and other acquisition related professional fees.

(r) Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is generally their local currency. Assets and liabilities of the foreign subsidiaries are translated 
at  the  period  end  currency  exchange  rate  and  revenues  and  expenses  are  translated  at  an  average  currency  exchange  rate  for  the  period.  The  resulting 
foreign  currency  translation  gains  and  losses  are  included  as  a  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income.  Gains  and  losses  arising  from 
intercompany foreign transactions are included in other income, net on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

(s) Income Taxes 

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial  statement 
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates 
expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which such items are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities 
of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established to offset any deferred tax assets if, 
based upon available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Significant judgment is required in determining income tax provisions and in evaluating tax positions. We will establish additional provisions for 
income  taxes  when,  despite  the  belief  that  tax  positions  are  fully  supportable,  there  remain  certain  positions  that  do  not  meet  the  minimum  probability 
threshold that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the taxing authority. In the normal course of business, we and our 
subsidiaries are examined by various federal, state, and foreign tax authorities. We regularly assess the potential outcomes of these examinations and any 
future examinations for the current or prior years in determining the adequacy of the provision for income taxes. We periodically assess the likelihood and 
amount of potential adjustments and adjust the income tax provision, the current tax liability, and deferred taxes in the period in which the facts that give 
rise to a revision become known.

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(t) Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

None applicable.

 (u) Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

On  March  12,  2020,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2020-04,  Facilitation  of  the  Effects  of  Reference  Rate  Reform  on  Financial  Reporting,  which 
provides  optional  expedients  and  exceptions  for  applying  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  to  contract  modifications  and  hedging  relationships, 
subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued. The ASU is effective for all entities as of 
March 12, 2020, and will apply through December 31, 2022. To date, we have had no impacts on our investment portfolio or our credit agreement with 
Citizens  Bank,  N.A.  related  to  reference  rate  reform.  We  will  continue  to  evaluate  the  impact  this  guidance  could  have  on  our  consolidated  financial 
statements and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-
12”),  which  is  intended  to  simplify  various  aspects  related  to  accounting  for  income  taxes.  ASU  2019-12  removes  certain  exceptions  to  the  general 
principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years, and 
interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. We adopted ASU 2019-12 on January 1, 2021. 
This standard did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB released ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, a right-of-use asset and lease 
obligation will be recorded for all leases with terms greater than 12 months, whether operating or financing, while the income statement will reflect lease 
expense for operating leases and amortization/interest expense for financing leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 
2018,  with  early  adoption  permitted,  and  permits  modified  retrospective  method  or  cumulative-effect  adjustment  method.  We  adopted  the  standard  on 
January  1,  2019,  using  the  cumulative-effect  adjustment  transition  method.    As  part  of  the  adoption,  we  elected  the  package  of  practical  expedients 
permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which among other things, allowed carry forward of historical lease classifications. The 
adoption  of  this  standard  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our  financial  position  and  results  of  operations.  See  “Note  15.  Leases”  for  more  detail 
regarding our disclosures.

In February 2018, the FASB released ASU 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Reclassification of Certain 
Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2018-02”). Prior to ASU 2018-02, GAAP required the remeasurement of deferred tax 
assets and liabilities as a result of a change in tax laws or rates to be presented in net income from continuing operations, even in situations in which the 
related income tax effects of items in accumulated other comprehensive income were originally recognized in other comprehensive income. As a result, 
such  items,  referred  to  as  stranded  tax  effects,  did  not  reflect  the  appropriate  tax  rate.  Under ASU  2018-02,  entities  are  permitted,  but  not  required,  to 
reclassify  from  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  to  retained  earnings  those  stranded  tax  effects  resulting  from  the  Tax  Act.    ASU  2018-02  is 
effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. We 
adopted ASU 2018-02 on January 1, 2019. Adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and 
disclosures.

In June 2018, the FASB released ASU 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718), (“ASU 2018-07”), which expanded the scope 
of  Topic  718  to  include  share-based  payment  transactions  for  acquiring  goods  and  services  from  nonemployees.  ASU  2018-07  specifies  that  Topic  718 
applies to all share-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in a grantor’s own operations by 
issuing share-based payment awards. This update is effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods 
within  those  fiscal  years.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  We  adopted  ASU  2018-07  on  January  1,  2019.  Adoption  of  the  standard  did  not  have  a  material 
impact on our financial position, results of operations, and disclosures.

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-13, Financial Instruments - 
Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU 2016-13 replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology for 
measuring and recognizing credit losses with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable 
and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. We adopted 
the  updated  guidance  on  January  1,  2020  on  a  prospective  basis  recording  $0.5  million  as  a  cumulative  effect  adjustment  to  retained  earnings  and  as  a 
result, prior period amounts were not adjusted. Adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, and 
disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB released ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 805): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment 
(“ASU  2017-04”),  which  eliminates  the  Step  2  calculation  for  the  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  to  measure  a  goodwill  impairment  charge.  Under  the 
updated standard, an entity will record an impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value. ASU 2017-04 
does not change the guidance on completing Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test and still allows an entity to 

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

perform the optional qualitative goodwill impairment assessment before determining whether to proceed to Step 1. This update is effective for annual and 
interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted for any impairment test performed on 
testing dates after January 1, 2017. We adopted ASU 2017-04 on January 1, 2020. This standard did not have a material impact on our financial position, 
results of operations, and disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB released ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), which modifies the disclosure requirements on fair value 
measurements in Topic 820, including the consideration of costs and benefits. This update is effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after 
December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We adopted ASU 2018-13 on January 1, 2020. This standard did not have a material 
impact on our financial position, results of operations, and disclosures.  

NOTE 3. ASSET ACQUISITIONS AND BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

Asset Acquisitions

During the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company acquired substantially all the assets of Capstone Surgical Technologies, LLC (“Capstone”), which 
engages in the business of advanced drill and robotic surgery platforms. The purchase price consisted of $24.5 million of cash paid at closing, subject to net 
working capital and other post-closing adjustments, if applicable. The transaction also provides for additional consideration contingent upon the developed 
products obtaining approval from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) of up to $15.0 million, and additional consideration contingent upon 
the  achievement  of  certain  performance  obligations  of  up  to  $10.0  million.  Contingent  consideration  is  not  recorded  in  an  asset  acquisition  until  the 
milestone is met. 

Also  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2021,  the  Company  acquired  substantially  all  the  assets  of  a  company  that  engages  in  the  development  of 
technology for use in robotic surgery platforms which was not considered material to the consolidated financial statements during the periods presented. 
The purchase price consisted of $10.0 million of cash paid at closing and also provides for additional consideration contingent upon the achievement of 
certain performance obligations of $5.0 million. Contingent consideration is not recorded in an asset acquisition until the milestone is met. 

During the second quarter of 2020, the Company acquired Synoste Oy (“Synoste”), a Finnish engineering company that specializes in the research 
and  development  of  a  limb  lengthening  system.  The  fair  value  of  the  net  assets  acquired  was  $25.3  million,  and  the  consideration  consisted  of 
approximately $22.8 million of cash paid at closing plus $2.5 million of a contractual holdback obligation payable eighteen months from the closing date of 
the transaction, subject to net working capital and other post-closing adjustments, if applicable. During the fourth quarter of 2021, the contractual holdback 
and  net  working  capital  and  other  post-closing  adjustments  were  settled  for  $2.7  million.  The  transaction  also  provides  for  additional  consideration 
contingent  upon  the  developed  product  obtaining  approval  from  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug  Administration  (the  “FDA”)  of  $8.0  million  within  the  third 
anniversary, or $4.0 million within the fourth anniversary of the acquisition closing date, respectively. Contingent consideration is not recorded in an asset 
acquisition until the milestone is met.

The  Company  accounted  for  all  of  these  transactions  as  asset  acquisitions  as  substantially  all  of  the  fair  value  of  the  assets  acquired  in  each 
transaction was concentrated in a single identified asset, in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) of the acquired technology, thus satisfying the 
requirements of the screen test in ASU 2017-1. At the date of the acquisitions, the Company determined that the development of the projects underway had 
not yet reached technological feasibility and that the research in process had no alternative future use. Accordingly, the acquired IPR&D of $34.3 million 
and $24.4  million  was  charged  to  research  and  development  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive  income  for  years 
ended 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Business Combinations

During  2021,  the  Company  completed  three  acquisitions  that  were  not  considered  material,  individually  or  collectively,  to  the  consolidated 
financial statements during the periods presented. Two acquisitions were completed in the third quarter, while the third acquisition was completed in the 
fourth  quarter.  These  acquisitions  have  been  included  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  from  the  date  of  acquisition.  The  purchase  price  of  the 
acquisition in the fourth quarter consisted of approximately $0.3 million of cash paid at closing and $13.0 million of contingent consideration payments, 
resulting in goodwill of $13.3 million based on the estimated fair values. The combined purchase price of the two acquisitions in the third quarter consisted 
of  approximately  $12.6  million  of  contingent  consideration  payments.  The  Company  recorded  other  intangible  assets  of  $1.6  million,  with  a  weighted 
average useful life of 3.8 years, and goodwill of $11.0 million based on their estimated fair values. The contingent payments for all three acquisitions are 
based upon achieving various performance obligations over a period of 10 years and are payable in a combination of cash and RSUs.

During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company completed two acquisitions that were not considered material, individually or collectively, to the 
overall consolidated financial statements during the periods presented. These acquisitions have been included in the consolidated financial statements from 
the date of acquisition.  The combined purchase price consisted of approximately $1.5 million of cash 

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

paid  at  closing,  plus  $0.3  million  of  other  liabilities  and  $33.2  million  of  contingent  consideration  payments.  The  contingent  payments  are  based  upon 
achieving various performance obligations over a period of 10 years, and are payable in a combination of cash and RSUs. The Company recorded other 
intangible assets of $8.8 million, with a weighted average useful life of 4.2 years, and goodwill of $26.2 million based on their fair values.

During the second quarter of 2019, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of StelKast, Inc. (the “StelKast Acquisition”), a privately 
held  company  that  designs,  manufactures  and  distributes  orthopedic  implants  for  knee  and  hip  replacement  surgeries.  The  Company  has  included  the 
financial results from the StelKast Acquisition in our consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date. At acquisition date, the fair value of the 
net assets acquired was $28.1 million. The purchase price consisted of approximately $23.8 million of cash paid at closing, plus $4.3 million of contingent 
consideration payable based upon the achievement product sales milestones. The Company recorded identifiable net assets, based on their estimated fair 
values, for inventory of $15.3 million, fixed assets of $4.2 million and customer relationships of $3.9 million and goodwill of $4.7 million. The contingent 
consideration payable related to the StelKast Acquisition of $5.0 million was paid during the third quarter of 2020.   

NOTE 4. NET SALES

The following table represents net sales by product category: 

(In thousands)
Musculoskeletal Solutions
Enabling Technologies
Total net sales

2021

 876,780   $
 81,322    
 958,102   $

Year Ended
December 31,
2020

 748,446   $
 40,596    
 789,042   $

2019

 738,377
 46,991
 785,368

  $

  $

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 5. MARKETABLE SECURITIES 

The composition of our short-term and long-term marketable securities is as follows:

(In thousands)
Short-term:

Municipal bonds
Corporate debt securities
Commercial paper
Asset-backed securities
Government, federal agency, and other sovereign obligations

Total short-term marketable securities

Long-term:

Municipal bonds
Corporate debt securities
Asset-backed securities
Government, federal agency, and other sovereign obligations

Total long-term marketable securities

(In thousands)
Short-term:

Municipal bonds
Corporate debt securities
Commercial paper
Asset-backed securities
U.S. government and agency securities

Total short-term marketable securities

Long-term:

Municipal bonds
Corporate debt securities
Asset-backed securities

Total long-term marketable securities

December 31, 2021

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross Unrealized 
Losses

Fair
Value

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

 66,379   $

 107,102  
 38,252  
 12,931  
 25,231  
 249,895   $

 91,185   $

 324,492  
 128,139  
 20,539  
 564,355   $

 99   $
 434  
 2  
 58  
 —  
 593   $

 4   $

 351  
 101  
 —  
 456   $

 (11)  $
 (65) 
 (1) 
 —  
 (33) 
 (110)  $

 (409)  $

 (1,318) 
 (578) 
 (31) 
 (2,336)  $

Amortized
Cost

December 31, 2020

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 39,684   $
 97,937  
 25,543  
 15,232  
 7,886  
 186,282   $

 70,176   $

 158,464  
 124,406  
 353,046   $

 140   $
 817  
 4  
 44  
 61  
 1,066   $

 612   $

 3,120  
 1,747  
 5,479   $

 —   $
 (4) 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (4)  $

 —   $
 —  
 (3) 
 (3)  $

 66,467
 107,471
 38,253
 12,989
 25,198
 250,378

 90,780
 323,525
 127,662
 20,508
 562,475

Fair
Value

 39,824
 98,750
 25,547
 15,276
 7,947
 187,344

 70,788
 161,584
 126,150
 358,522

The short-term marketable securities have effective maturity dates of less than one year  and  the  long-term  marketable  securities  have  effective 

maturity dates ranging from one to three years as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Purchases  of  marketable  securities  include  amounts  payable  to  brokers  of  $2.2  million  and  $9.3  million  as  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020, 

respectively.

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively included the following: 

(In thousands)
Assets
Cash equivalents
Municipal bonds
Corporate debt securities
Commercial paper
Asset-backed securities
Government, federal agency, and other sovereign obligations
Liabilities
Business acquisition liabilities

(In thousands)
Assets
Cash equivalents
Municipal bonds
Corporate debt securities
Commercial paper
Asset-backed securities
Government, federal agency, and other sovereign obligations
Liabilities
Business acquisition liabilities

Balance at
December 31,
2021

  $

 26,684   $

 157,247  
 430,996  
 38,253  
 140,651  
 45,706  

 70,525  

Balance at
December 31,
2020

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

 3,768   $
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 22,916   $

 157,247  
 430,996  
 38,253  
 140,651  
 45,706  

 —
 —
 —
 —
 —
 —

 —  

 —  

 70,525

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

  $

 56,223   $
 110,612  
 260,334  
 25,547  
 141,426  
 7,947  

 23,628   $
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 32,595   $
 110,612  
 260,334  
 25,547  
 141,426  
 7,947  

 —
 —
 —
 —
 —
 —

 37,270  

 —  

 —  

 37,270

Our marketable securities are classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy, as we measure their fair value using quoted market prices for 
similar instruments and inputs such as actual trade data, benchmark yields, broker/dealer quotes and other similar data obtained from quoted market prices 
or independent pricing vendors.

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Assets and Liabilities That Are Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Fair  value  of  the  revenue-based  business  acquisition  liabilities  was  determined  using  a  discounted  cash  flow  model  and  an  option  pricing 
methodology. The significant inputs of such models are not observable in the market, such as certain financial metric growth rates, volatility and discount 
rates,  market  price  risk  adjustment,  projections  associated  with  the  applicable  milestone,  the  interest  rate,  and  the  related  probabilities  and  payment 
structure in the contingent consideration arrangement. The following are the significant unobservable inputs used in the two valuation techniques:

Unobservable input
Revenue risk premium
Revenue volatility
Discount rate
Projected year of payment
* The weighted average rates were calculated based on the relative fair value of each business acquisition liability.

2.4%
14.0%
1.2%
2022

Range
-
-
-
-

4.9%
15.8%
8.5%
2031

  Weighted Average*

3.0%
14.8%
3.3%

The change in the carrying value of the business acquisition liabilities during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively included 

the following: 

(In thousands)
Beginning balance
Purchase price contingent consideration
Contingent cash payments
Contingent RSU grants
Changes in fair value of business acquisition liabilities
Contractual payable reclassification
Ending balance

NOTE 7. INVENTORIES

Inventories as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively included the following:

(In thousands)
Raw materials
Work in process
Finished goods
Total inventories

Year Ended
December 31,

2021

2020

 37,270   $
 25,662  
 (6,753) 
 (1,877) 
 16,597  
 (374) 
 70,525   $

 9,549
 33,219
 (6,971)
 (191)
 2,674
 (1,010)
 37,270

December 31,

2021

 41,819   $
 17,401  
 177,781  
 237,001   $

2020

 39,646
 16,446
 173,061
 229,153

  $

  $

  $

  $

During years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, net adjustments to cost of sales related to excess and obsolete inventory were $6.1 
million, $17.7 million, and $2.5 million, respectively. The net adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 reflect a combination of 
additional expense for excess and obsolete related provisions ($20.2 million, $27.4 million, and $11.2 million, respectively) offset by sales and disposals 
($14.1 million, $9.7 million, and $8.7 million, respectively) of inventory for which an excess and obsolete provision was previously recorded.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively included the following:

(In thousands)
Land
Buildings and improvements
Equipment
Instruments
Modules and cases
Other property and equipment

Less: accumulated depreciation
Total

Useful
Life
—
31.5
5-15
5
5
3-5

December 31,

2021

 8,296   $
 44,672  
 113,301  
 285,762  
 44,185  
 30,435  
 526,651  
 (305,575) 
 221,076   $

2020

 8,322
 33,825
 102,553
 278,930
 41,919
 27,781
 493,330
 (276,451)
 216,879

  $

  $

Instruments are hand-held devices used by surgeons to install implants during surgery. Modules and cases are used to store and transport the 

instruments and implants.

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was as follows:

(In thousands)
Depreciation

NOTE 9. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

2021

Year Ended
December 31,
2020

  $

 51,342   $

 46,043   $

2019

 38,924

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively included the following:

(In thousands)
December 31, 2019
Additions and adjustments
Foreign exchange
December 31, 2020
Additions and adjustments
Foreign exchange
December 31, 2021

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2021 included the following:

(In thousands)
Supplier network
Customer relationships & other intangibles
Developed technology
Patents
Total intangible assets

  $

  $

 128,775
 26,043
 1,898
 156,716
 24,251
 (1,259)
 179,708

December 31, 2021

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Intangible
Assets,
net

  $

  $

 4,000   $
 56,264  
 71,947  
 8,938  
 141,149   $

 (2,867)  $
 (37,842) 
 (28,545) 
 (3,235) 
 (72,489)  $

 1,133
 18,422
 43,402
 5,703
 68,660

Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period 
(in years)
10.0
6.4
8.0
16.1

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2020 included the following:

(In thousands)
Supplier network
Customer relationships & other intangibles
Developed technology
Patents
Total intangible assets

Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period 
(in years)
10.0
6.5
8.0
16.1

December 31, 2020

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Intangible
Assets,
net

  $

  $

 4,000   $
 57,704  
 72,644  
 9,082  
 143,430   $

 (2,467)  $
 (32,056) 
 (19,295) 
 (2,663) 
 (56,481)  $

 1,533
 25,648
 53,349
 6,419
 86,949

The following table summarizes amortization of intangible assets for future periods as of December 31, 2021:

(In thousands)
Year ending December 31:

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter

Total

NOTE 10. ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively included the following:

(In thousands)
Compensation and other employee-related costs
Legal and other settlements and expenses
Accrued non-income taxes
Royalties
Rebates
Other
Total accrued expenses

NOTE 11. DEBT

Line of Credit

Annual
Amortization

  $

  $

 18,358
 16,174
 13,190
 8,904
 5,461
 6,573
 68,660

December 31,

2021

2020

  $

  $

 52,407   $
 6,124  
 6,415  
 4,558  
 8,725  
 12,939  
 91,168   $

 44,948
 650
 4,952
 3,720
 8,011
 16,053
 78,334

In August 2020, we entered into a credit agreement with Citizens Bank, N.A. (the “Credit Agreement”) that provides a revolving credit facility 
permitting borrowings up to $125.0 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), and has a termination date of August 3, 2022. The Revolving Credit Facility 
includes up to a $25.0 million sub limit for letters of credit. Revolving loans under the Credit Agreement will bear interest, at the Company’s option, at 
either a base rate or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement), plus, in each case, an applicable margin, as determined in accordance 
with the provisions of the Credit Agreement. The base rate will be the highest of: the rate of interest announced publicly by Citizens Bank, N.A. from time 
to time as its “prime rate”; the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1%; and the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for a one-month period plus 1%. The applicable 
margin is subject to adjustment as provided in the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement contains financial and other customary covenants, including a 
maximum leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2021, we have not borrowed under the Credit Agreement with Citizens Bank, N.A.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTE 12. EQUITY

Stock Repurchases

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Under the stock repurchase plan, announced in March 2020, the Company is authorized to repurchase up to $200 million of the Company’s Class 
A common stock. As of December 31, 2021, $95.3 million of this authorization was remaining. The timing and actual number of shares repurchased will 
depend  on  various  factors  including  price,  corporate  and  regulatory  requirements,  debt  covenant  requirements,  alternative  investment  opportunities  and 
other market conditions. Funding for share repurchases in the future is expected to come from operating cash flows and excess cash.

Shares repurchased by the Company are accounted for under the constructive retirement method, in which the shares repurchased, are immediately 
retired, as there is no plan to reissue the shares. The Company made an accounting policy election to charge the excess of repurchase price over par value 
entirely to retained earnings.

The following table summarizes the activity related to share repurchases: 

(In thousands except for per share prices)

Period 
January 1, 2020 - March 31, 2020
April 1, 2020 - June 30, 2020
July 1, 2020 - September 30,2020
October 1, 2020 - December 31, 2020
January 1, 2021 - March 31, 2021
April 1, 2021 - June 30, 2021
July 1, 2021 - September 30,2021
October 1, 2021 - December 31, 2021
January 1, 2020 - December 31, 2021
(1) Inclusive of an immaterial amount of commission fees

Common Stock

Total number of shares 
repurchased

Average Price Paid 
per Share

Dollar amount of shares 
repurchased (1)

Approximate dollar value of 
shares that may yet be 
purchased under the plan

 1,920  
 771  
 —  
 —  
—  
—  
—  
—  
 2,691  

$

$

 38.49  $
 39.95   
 —   
 —   
—   
—   
—   
—   
 38.91  $

 73,902 $
 30,804  
 —  
 —  
—  
—  
—  
— $
 104,706  

 126,098
 95,294
 95,294
95,294
95,294
95,294
95,294
95,294

Our amended and restated Certificate of Incorporation provides for a total of 775,000,000 authorized shares of common stock. Of the authorized 
number  of  shares  of  common  stock,  500,000,000  shares  are  designated  as  Class  A  common  stock  (“Class  A  Common”)  and  275,000,000  shares  are 
designated as Class B common stock (“Class B Common”).

The holders of Class A Common are entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common held. Each share of our Class B common stock is 
convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of our Class A common stock. In addition, each share of our Class B common stock will 
convert automatically into one share of our Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for permitted transfers. For more 
details  relating  to  the  conversion  of  our  Class  B  common  stock  please  see  “Exhibit  4.2,  Description  of  Securities  of  the  Registrant”  filed  herein.  The 
holders of Class B Common are entitled to 10 votes for each share of Class B Common held. The holders of Class A Common and Class B Common vote 
together as one class of common stock. Except for voting rights, the Class A Common and Class B Common have the same rights and privileges.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The  tables  below  present  the  changes  in  each  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income/(loss),  including  current  period  other 
comprehensive  income/(loss)  and  reclassifications  out  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income/(loss)  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021  and 
2020, respectively: 

(In thousands)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, at December 31, 2020
Other comprehensive (loss)/income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax
Other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, at December 31, 2021

(In thousands)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, at December 31, 2019
Other comprehensive (loss)/income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax
Other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, at December 31, 2020

Unrealized loss on 
marketable securities, 
net of tax

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments

  $

  $

 5,001   $
 (7,922) 
 1,868  
 (6,054) 
 (1,053)  $

Unrealized loss on 
marketable securities, 
net of tax

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments

  $

  $

 3,599   $
 1,827  
 (425) 
 1,402  
 5,001   $

Accumulated other 
comprehensive loss
 3,955
 (12,595)
 1,868
 (10,727)
 (6,772)

 (1,046)  $
 (4,673) 
 —  
 (4,673) 
 (5,719)  $

Accumulated other 
comprehensive loss
 (2,898)
 7,278
 (425)
 6,853
 3,955

 (6,497)  $
 5,451  
 —  
 5,451  
 (1,046)  $

Amounts reclassified  from  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss,  net  of  tax,  related  to  unrealized  gains/losses  on  marketable  securities  were 

released to other income, net in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

Earnings Per Common Share

The Company computes basic net income per share using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted 
net income per share assumes the conversion, exercise or issuance of all potential common stock equivalents, unless the effect of inclusion would be anti-
dilutive. For purposes of this calculation, common stock equivalents include the Company’s stock options and unvested RSUs. The contingently issuable 
shares are included in basic net income per share as of the date that all necessary conditions have been satisfied and are included in the denominator for 
dilutive calculation for the entire period if such shares would be issuable as of the end of the reporting period assuming the end of the reporting period was 
the end of the contingency period.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share: 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Numerator:
      Net income/(loss)
Denominator for basic and diluted net income per share:
      Weighted average shares outstanding for basic
      Dilutive stock options
      Weighted average shares outstanding for diluted
Earnings per share: 
      Basic
      Diluted

Year Ended
December 31,
2020

2021

2019

  $

 149,191   $

 102,285   $

 155,210

 100,734  
 2,889  
 103,623  

 98,580  
 2,391  
 100,971  

  $
  $

 1.48   $
 1.44   $

 1.04   $
 1.01   $

 99,150
 2,848
 101,998

 1.57
 1.52

 4,494

Anti-dilutive stock options and RSUs excluded from the calculation

 2,139  

 5,454  

NOTE 13. STOCK-BASED AWARDS 

We have three stock plans: our 2008 Stock Plan, our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”), our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 
Plan”). The 2021 Plan is the only active stock plan.  The purpose of the 2008 and 2012 stock plans was, and of the 2021 Plan is, to provide incentive to 
employees,  directors,  and  consultants  of  Globus.    The  Plans  are  administered  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Globus  (the  “Board”)  or  its  delegates.  The 
number, type of option, exercise price, and vesting terms are determined by the Board or its delegates in 

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

accordance with the terms of the Plans. The options granted expire on a date specified by the Board, which is generally not more than ten years from the 
grant date. Options granted to employees generally vest in varying installments over a four-year period.

The 2012 Plan was approved by our Board in March 2012, and by our stockholders in June 2012. Under the 2012 Plan, the aggregate number of 
shares of Class A Common stock that were able to be issued subject to options and other awards is equal to the sum of (i) 3,076,923 shares, (ii) any shares 
available for issuance under the 2008 Plan as of March 13, 2012, (iii) any shares underlying awards outstanding under the 2008 Plan as of March 13, 2012 
that,  on  or  after  that  date,  are  forfeited,  terminated,  expired  or  lapse  for  any  reason,  or  are  settled  for  cash  without  delivery  of  shares  and  (iv)  starting 
January 1, 2013, an annual increase in the number of shares available under the 2012 Plan equal to up to 3% of the number of shares of our common and 
preferred stock outstanding at the end of the previous year, as determined by our Board. The number of shares that were able to be issued or transferred 
pursuant to incentive stock options under the 2012 Plan was limited to 10,769,230 shares. The shares of Class A Common stock covered by the 2012 Plan 
included authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares or shares of common stock purchased on the open market.

The 2021 Plan was approved by our Board in March 2021, and by our stockholders in June 2021. Under the 2021 Plan, the aggregate number of 
shares of Class A Common stock that were able to be issued subject to options and other awards is equal to the sum of (i) 2,000,000 shares, (ii) any shares 
available for issuance under the 2012 Plan as of June 3, 2021 and (iii) any shares underlying awards outstanding under the 2012 Plan or 2021 Plan as of 
June 3, 2021 that, on or after that date, are forfeited, terminated, expired or lapse for any reason, or are settled for cash without delivery of shares. The 
number of shares that may be issued or transferred pursuant to incentive stock options under the 2021 Plan is limited to 2,000,000 shares. The shares of 
Class A Common stock covered by the 2021 Plan include authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares or shares of common stock purchased on the open 
market.

As of December 31, 2021, pursuant to the 2021 Plan, there were 2,845,575 shares of Class A Common stock reserved and 2,538,076  shares  of 

Class A Common stock available for future grants.

Stock Options

Stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2021 is summarized as follows:

Outstanding at December 31, 2020
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Outstanding at December 31, 2021
Exercisable at December 31, 2021
Expected to vest at December 31, 2021

Option
Shares (thousands)  

Weighted
average
exercise
price

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life (years)

Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(thousands)

 9,746   $
 2,164  
 (1,830) 
 (618) 
 9,462   $
 4,751   $
 4,711   $

 41.33  
 68.12  
 34.73  
 52.14  
 48.01  
 39.46  
 56.64  

 7.0   $
 5.9   $
 8.1   $

 231,869
 155,536
 76,334

The  total  intrinsic  value  of  stock  options  exercised  was  $71.3 million, $76.1 million, and $31.3  million,  during  the  years  ended  December  31, 

2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

The fair value of the options was estimated on the date of the grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: 

Risk-free interest rate
Expected term (years)
Expected volatility
Expected dividend yield

0.40%

33.0%

2021
-
4.8
-
—%

1.14%    

0.23%

34.0%    

28.0%

Year Ended
December 31,
2020
-
4.9
-
—%

1.67%    

1.35%

37.0%    

2.57%

2019
-
5.0
29.0%
—%

The  weighted  average  grant  date  fair  value  of  stock  options  granted  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020,  and  2019  was  $20.34, 

$14.81, and $13.76 per share, respectively.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Units

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Restricted stock unit activity during the year ended December 31, 2021 is summarized as follows: 

Outstanding at December 31, 2020
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Outstanding at December 31, 2021

Stock-Based Compensation

Restricted Stock
Units (thousands)

Weighted
average
grant date fair value
per share

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life (years)

 3   $

 26  
 —  
 —  
 29   $

 58.69  
 74.33  
 —  
 —  
 72.54  

 8.8

Compensation expense related to stock options granted to employees and non-employees under the Plans and the intrinsic value of stock options 

exercised was as follows:

(In thousands)
Stock-based compensation expense
Net stock-based compensation capitalized into inventory
Total stock-based compensation cost

  $

  $

2021

 30,586   $
 667  
 31,253   $

Year Ended
December 31,
2020

 27,073   $
 257  
 27,330   $

2019

 26,085
 331
 26,416

As of December 31, 2021, there was $62.0 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested employee stock options that vest 

over a weighted average period of three years.

NOTE 14. INCOME TAXES 

The components of income before income taxes are as follows:

(In thousands)
Domestic
Foreign
Total

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

(In thousands)
Current:

Federal
State
Foreign

Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign

Total

  $

  $

2021
 184,819   $
 (4,412) 
 180,407   $

Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 154,356   $
 (28,457) 
 125,899   $

2019
 179,194
 10,752
 189,946

2021

Year Ended
December 31,
2020

2019

  $

  $

 37,436   $
 7,688  
 3,741  
 48,865  

 (13,535) 
 (2,265) 
 (1,849) 
 (17,649) 
 31,216   $

 22,183   $
 4,381  
 991  
 27,555  

 (3,293) 
 (678) 
 30  
 (3,941) 
 23,614   $

 23,093
 4,532
 2,819
 30,444

 6,542
 (68)
 (2,182)
 4,292
 34,736

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate to our effective rate is as follows:

Statutory U.S. federal tax rate
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
Foreign taxes
Valuation allowance
Domestic production activities deduction
Tax credits
Stock-based compensation windfall
Nondeductible expenses
Other
IPR&D
Effective tax rate

2021
 21.0 % 
 2.7
 1.6
 0.1
 (0.3)
 (1.5)
 (6.6)
 0.5
 (0.2)

 —   
 17.3 % 

Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 21.0 % 
 3.5
 0.6
 1.7
 (0.3)
 (2.6)
 (9.5)
 0.5
 —   
 3.9
 18.8 % 

2019
 21.0 %
 2.2
 0.3
 0.1
 (0.6)
 (2.6)
 (2.5)
 0.3
 0.1
 —  
 18.3 %

Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effects of temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting 

purposes and tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred income taxes are as follows:

(In thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory reserve
Accruals, reserves, and other currently not deductible
Stock-based compensation
Net operating loss carryforwards

Total deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation and amortization
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

December 31,

2021

2020

 29,417   $
 23,102  
 16,167  
 3,812  
 72,498  
 (6,594) 
 65,904  

 (45,724) 
 (45,724) 
 20,180   $

 28,973
 12,537
 14,297
 4,269
 60,076
 (6,487)
 53,589

 (53,176)
 (53,176)
 413

  $

  $

In  assessing  the  realizability  of  deferred  tax  assets,  management  considers  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  some  portion  or  all  of  the 
deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the 
periods  in  which  those  temporary  differences  become  deductible.  Based  upon  the  level  of  historical  taxable  income  and  projections  for  future  taxable 
income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that we will realize a portion of the 
benefits  of 
these  deductible  differences  at  December  31,  2021  and  2020.  The  Company  has  established  valuation  allowances  of 
$6.6 million and $6.5 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, primarily related to the uncertainty of the utilization of certain deferred tax 
assets comprised of tax loss carryforwards in various jurisdictions. The increase in the valuation allowance during fiscal year 2021 is primarily driven by 
foreign deferred tax assets that are not expected to be realized. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the 
near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we have NOL carryforwards of $19.9 million and $26.1 million, respectively, which, if unused, will expire in 

years 2022 through 2037.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

(In thousands)
Unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning of the year
Additions related to prior year tax positions
Reductions related to prior year tax positions
Unrecognized tax benefits at the end of the year

77

  $

  $

2021

 1,600   $
 160  
 (708) 
 1,052   $

Year Ended
December 31,
2020

 2,399   $
 —  
 (799) 
 1,600   $

2019

 4,777
 —
 (2,378)
 2,399

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The reductions  related  to  prior  year  tax  positions  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  of $0.7  million  are  primarily  related  to  resolution  of 

certain tax positions confirmed from refunds on amended tax returns.

The impact of our unrecognized tax benefits to the effective income tax rate is as follows:

(In thousands)
Portion of total unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective income 
tax rate

2021

December 31,
2020

2019

$

 1,471

$

 2,032

$

 2,878

The Company intends to indefinitely reinvest its foreign earnings abroad to ensure sufficient working capital for further expansion of its existing 
operations outside the United States, therefore the Company has not recorded income taxes on the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries. The 
undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries as of December 31, 2021 are immaterial. In the event we are required to repatriate funds from outside of 
the United States, such repatriation may be subject to local laws, customs, and tax consequences.

Interest  and  penalties  are  recorded  in  the  statement  of  income  as  provision  for  income  taxes.  The  total  interest  and  penalties  recorded  in  the 
statement of income was immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019. We do not expect a significant change in our uncertain tax 
benefits  in  the  next  twelve  months.  We  are  subject  to  federal  income  tax  as  well  as  income  tax  of  multiple  state  and  foreign  jurisdictions.  With  few 
exceptions, we are no longer subject to income tax examination by tax authorities in major jurisdictions for years prior to 2015 as of December 31, 2021.

NOTE 15. LEASES

The Company leases certain equipment, vehicles, and facilities under operating leases. Our leases have initial lease terms ranging from one year to 
14 years. Certain leases contain options to extend terms beyond the lease termination date. We use judgment to determine whether it is reasonably possible 
that we will extend the lease beyond the initial term and the length of the possible extension. Leases that have a term of less than 12 months are treated as 
short-term  and  are  not  recognized  as  right  of  use  assets  or  lease  liabilities.  As  most  leases  do  not  provide  an  implicit  rate,  we  use  an  estimate  of  our 
incremental  borrowing  rate  based  on  the  information  available  at  commencement  date  in  determining  the  present  value  of  future  payments.  As  of 
December 31, 2021, the Company’s short-term lease commitments and sublease income are immaterial.

The Company classifies right-of-use assets as other assets, short-term lease liabilities as accrued expenses, and long-term lease liabilities as other 
liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Lease expense is recognized, on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, as a component of operating 
income on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

Amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheet as of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively are as follows:

(In thousands, except weighted average lease term and discount rate)
Operating lease right of use asset

Lease liability - current
Lease liability - long-term
     Total operating lease liability

Supplemental non-cash information:
     Weighted-average remaining lease term (years) - operating leases
     Weighted-average discount rate - operating leases

December 31,

2021

  $

 5,019   $

2020

 4,741

 2,116  
 2,937  
 5,053   $

  $

 1.8  
2.7%  

 1,865
 2,936
 4,801

 2.9
3.0%

Operating Lease expense recognized in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income was as follows:

(In thousands)
Operating Lease Expense

Year Ended
December 31,
2020

2021

  $

 3,373   $

 3,579   $

2019

 3,174

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable leases as of December 31, 2021 are as follows:

(In thousands)
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
Total undiscounted operating lease payments
Less: imputed interest
Total operating lease liability

NOTE 16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases
 2,266
 1,531
 1,024
 393
 64
 84
 5,362
 309
 5,053

  $

  $

  $

We are involved in a number of proceedings, legal actions, and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Such matters are subject to many 
uncertainties,  and  the  outcomes  of  these  matters  are  not  within  our  control  and  may  not  be  known  for  prolonged  periods  of  time.  In  some  actions,  the 
claimants seek damages, as well as other relief, including injunctions prohibiting us from engaging in certain activities, which, if granted, could require 
significant  expenditures  and/or  result  in  lost  revenues.  We  record  a  liability  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  these  actions  when  a  loss  is 
considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If the reasonable estimate of a probable loss is a range, and no amount in the range is a 
better  estimate  than  any  other,  the  minimum  amount  of  the  range  is  accrued.  If  a  loss  is  reasonably  possible  but  not  known  or  probable,  and  can  be 
reasonably estimated, the estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed. In most cases, significant judgment is required to estimate the amount and timing of a 
loss to be recorded. While it is not possible to predict the outcome for most of the matters discussed, we believe it is possible that costs associated with 
them could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated earnings, financial position or cash flows.

Moskowitz Family LLC Litigation

On November 20, 2019, Moskowitz Family LLC filed suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas for patent 
infringement. Moskowitz, a non-practicing entity, alleges that Globus willfully infringes one or more claims of eight patents by making, using, offering for 
sale or selling the COALITION®, COALITION MIS®, COALITION AGX®, CORBEL®, MONUMENT®, MAGNIFY®-S, HEDRON IATM, HEDRON 
ICTM, INDEPENDENCE®, INDEPENDENCE MIS®, INDEPENDENCE MIS AGX®, FORTIFY® and XPAND® families, SABLETM, RISE®, RISE® 
INTRALIF, RISE®-L, ELSA®, ELSA® ATP, RASS, ALTERA®, ARIEL®, LATIS®, CALIBER® and CALIBER®-L products. Moskowitz seeks an 
unspecified amount in damages and injunctive relief. On July 2, 2020, this suit was transferred from the U.S. District Court for the Western District of 
Texas to the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The outcome of this litigation cannot be determined, nor can we estimate a range 
of potential loss, therefore, we have not recorded a liability related to this litigation as of December 31, 2021.

NOTE 17. RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

We sponsor a 401(k) Plan covering all eligible U.S. employees. Under the 401(k) Plan, we make nondiscretionary matching contributions at the 
rate  of  100%  of  employee’s  contributions  up  to  a  maximum  annual  contribution  of  $6,000  per  eligible  employee,  limited  to  3%  of  the  employee’s 
compensation for the period.

Additionally,  we  contribute  to  various  foreign  retirement  benefit  plans  required  by  local  law  or  coordinated  with  government  sponsored  plans 
which  cover  many  of  our  international  employees.  The  benefits  offered  under  these  plans  are  reflective  of  local  customs  and  practices  in  the  countries 
concerned.

Company contributions to these retirement plans were as follows:

(In thousands)
401(k) and other retirement plan contributions

2021

Year Ended
December 31,
2020

  $

 6,588   $

 5,798   $

2019

 5,363

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 18. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the 
chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. We manage our business 
globally  within  one  operating  segment.  Segment  information  is  consistent  with  how  management  reviews  the  business,  makes  investing  and  resource 
allocation decisions and assesses operating performance.

The following table represents total net sales by geographic area, based on the location of the customer for the years ended December 31, 2021, 

2020 and 2019, respectively:

(In thousands)
United States
International
Total net sales

  $

  $

2021
 819,571   $
 138,531  
 958,102   $

Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 664,454   $
 124,588  
 789,042   $

2019
 647,683
 137,685
 785,368

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) are 
designed  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  the  reports  that  we  file  or  submit  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  recorded,  processed, 
summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  rules  and  forms  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  to  ensure  that 
information required to be disclosed is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial 
officer,  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  disclosure.  The  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  have  reviewed  the  design  and 
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2021 and, based on their evaluation, have concluded that the disclosure controls 
and procedures were effective as of such date.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of Globus Medical, Inc. (“Globus”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, 
as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(f)  and  Rule  15d-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide 
reasonable, but not absolute, assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes 
those  policies  and  procedures  that  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial 
statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the company 
are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial 
statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree 
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management evaluated the internal control over financial reporting of Globus as of December 31, 2021. In making this assessment, management 
used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) 
(“COSO”). 

Based on the foregoing and as a result of this assessment and based on the criteria in the COSO framework, management has concluded that, as of 

December 31, 2021, the internal control over financial reporting of Globus was effective.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP,  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  has  audited  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial 

reporting as of December 31, 2021 as stated in their report that is included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) and 
15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, 
our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

PART III

Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Annual Report and will be included in the definitive proxy statement for our 2022 

annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent inspections
Not applicable.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics for all employees, officers, directors, as well as a Code of Ethics specifically for our principal executive officer 
and senior financial officers, both of which are available on our website, www.globusmedical.com. We intend to disclose future amendments to, or waivers 
from,  provisions  of  our  Code  of  Ethics  that  apply  to  our  Principal  Executive  Officer,  Principal  Financial  Officer,  Principal  Accounting  Officer,  or 
Controller, or persons performing similar functions, within four business days of such amendment or waiver.

The other information required by this Item 10 will be set forth in the Company’s proxy statement for its 2022 annual meeting of stockholders, 

which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item 11 will be set forth in the Company’s proxy statement for its 2022 annual meeting of stockholders, which 

information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item 12 will be set forth in the Company’s proxy statement for its 2022 annual meeting of stockholders, which 

information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item 13 will be set forth in the Company’s proxy statement for its 2022 annual meeting of stockholders, which 

information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item 14 will be set forth in the Company’s proxy statement for its 2022 annual meeting of stockholders, which 

information is incorporated herein by reference.

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) (1) Financial Statements

PART IV

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ( Deloitte & Touche LLP, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, PCAOB ID No. 34)
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statements of Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

51
54
55
56
59
60

(a) (2) Financial Statement Schedules

SCHEDULE II. VALUATION ACCOUNTS AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

(In thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2019
Year ended December 31, 2020
Year ended December 31, 2021

Deferred tax valuation allowance: 

Beginning
of period

Charged
to expenses

  $

  $

 4,226  
 5,599   $
 4,408   $

 3,026  
 2,960   $
 1,200   $

Write-offs

 (1,653) 
 (4,151)  $
 (646)  $

End
of period

 5,599
 4,408
 4,962

(In thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2019
Year ended December 31, 2020
Year ended December 31, 2021

Additions

Beginning
of period

Charged
to expenses

Charged to
other accounts

  $

  $

 2,683   $
 2,846  
 6,487   $

 163   $

 2,132  

 107   $

 —  
 1,509  
 —  

$

$

Deductions

Other
deductions

 —  
 —  
 —  

$

$

End
of period

 2,846
 6,487
 6,594

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(b) Exhibits, including those incorporated by reference

Exhibit No.
3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5
4.1

4.2*
10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14
10.15

10.16

Item
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Globus Medical, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on August 2, 2012).
Certificate  of  Amendment  of  the  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Globus  Medical,  Inc.,  dated  July  30,  2012 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.2  of  the  Registrant’s  Amendment  No.  5  to  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  filed  on 
August 2, 2012).
Certificate  of  Amendment  of  the  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Globus  Medical,  Inc.,  dated  August  7,  2012 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q/A filed on September 19, 2012).
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Globus Medical, Inc. effective as of May 1, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Form 
10-Q/A filed on May 2, 2019).

  Amendment to Bylaws effective as of July 31, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2021).

Specimen Certificate for Class A Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 3 to the 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on July 16, 2012).

  Description of Securities of the Registrant.

Globus Medical, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration 
Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Globus Medical, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under 2008 Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant’s 
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice and Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form  of  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Grant  Notice  and  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  under  2012  Equity  Incentive  Plan 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.11  of  the  Registrant’s  Amendment  No.  1  to  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  filed  on 
May 8, 2012).
Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration 
Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Form of No Competition and Non-Disclosure Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 
1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 8, 2012).
Employment  Agreement,  dated  September  14,  2015,  by  and  between  Globus  Medical,  Inc.  and  David  M.  Demski  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 17, 2015).
Executive  Employment  Agreement,  dated  May  3,  2016  by  and  between  Globus  Medical,  Inc.  and  Daniel  T.  Scavilla  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2016).
Executive  Employment  Agreement,  dated  August  5,  2020  by  and  between  Globus  Medical,  Inc.  and  Kelly  Huller  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2020).
Executive  Employment  Agreement,  dated  August  5,  2020  by  and  between  Globus  Medical,  Inc.  and  Keith  Pfeil  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2020).
Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  August  6,  2020,  by  and  among  Globus  Medical,  Inc.  and  Globus  Medical  North  America,  Inc.,  as 
borrowers, and Citizens Bank, N.A., as lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on August 10, 2020).
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2021, by and among Globus Medical, Inc., Globus Medical North America, 
Inc., and Citizens Banks, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2021).

  Globus Medical, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on June 4, 2021).

Globus Medical, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to our Form 
S-8 filed on December, 16, 2021).
Globus Medical, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to our 
Form S-8 filed on December, 16, 2021).

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

10.17

10.18

21.1*
23.1*
31.1*
31.2*
32**

Globus Medical, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.7 to our Form S-8 
filed on December, 16, 2021).
Globus Medical, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan Incentive Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.8 to our 
Form S-8 filed on December, 16, 2021).

  Subsidiaries of Globus Medical, Inc.
  Consent of independent registered public accounting firm – Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  Certification by Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS*   XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

104

  The cover page from this Annual Report on Form 10-K, formatted as Inline XBRL.

*
**

  Filed herein.
  Furnished herein.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed 

on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Dated: February 17, 2022

/s/ DAVID M. DEMSKI

GLOBUS MEDICAL, INC.

David M. Demski
Chief Executive Officer
President
(Principal Executive Officer)

Dated: February 17, 2022

/s/ KEITH PFEIL

Keith Pfeil
Chief Financial Officer

Chief Accounting Officer 
Senior Vice President
(Principal Financial Officer)

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  on  behalf  of  the 

Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE

/s/ DAVID M. DEMSKI
David M. Demski

/s/ KEITH PFEIL
Keith Pfeil

/s/ DAVID C. PAUL
David C. Paul

/s/ DAVID D. DAVIDAR
David D. Davidar

/s/ ROBERT DOUGLAS
Robert Douglas

/s/ DANIEL T. LEMAITRE
Daniel T. Lemaitre

/s/ ANN D. RHOADS
Ann D. Rhoads

/s/ JAMES R. TOBIN
James R. Tobin

/s/ STEPHEN T. ZARRILLI
Stephen T. Zarrilli

TITLE

President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
and Director

Chief Financial Officer
Chief Accounting Officer
Senior Vice President
(Principal Financial Officer)

DATE

February 17, 2022

February 17, 2022

Executive Chairman and Director

February 17, 2022

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

87

February 17, 2022

February 17, 2022

February 17, 2022

February 17, 2022

February 17, 2022

February 17, 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

EXHIBIT 4.2

As of December 31, 2021, Globus Medical, Inc. (the “Company”,  “our”, “us”, or “we”) had one class of securities registered
under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”): Class A common stock, par value $.001 per
share. The Company’s Class A common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “GMED”.

DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK

The following is a description of the rights of our Class A and Class B common stock and related provisions of the Company’s
Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  (the  “Certificate”),  Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  (the  “Bylaws”),  and  applicable
Delaware  law.  This  description  is  qualified  in  its  entirety  by,  and  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with,  the  Certificate,  Bylaws,  and
applicable Delaware law.

Authorized Capital Stock

The Company’s authorized capital stock consists of 500,000,000 shares of Class A common stock and 275,000,000 shares of
Class B common stock. The Company is authorized to issue up to 35,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of December 31, 2021, the
Company does not have any issued or outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Common Stock

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock are fully paid and nonassessable.

Voting Rights

Holders  of  our  Class  A  and  Class  B  common  stock  have  identical  voting  rights,  except  that  holders  of  our  Class  A  common
stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share. Holders of shares of
our Class A and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to
a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate. Delaware law could require either our Class A common stock
or our Class B common stock to vote separately as a single class in the following circumstances:

·

·

If we were to seek to amend the Certificate or increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of a class of stock, or to
increase  or  decrease  the  par  value  of  a  class  of  stock,  then  that  class  would  be  required  to  vote  separately  to  approve  the
proposed amendment; and
If we were to seek to amend the Certificate in a manner that altered or changed the powers, preferences or special rights of a
class  of  stock  in  a  manner  that  affected  them  adversely,  then  that  class  would  be  required  to  vote  separately  to  approve  the
proposed amendment.

We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in the Certificate. Our Board of Directors (the “Board”)
is  divided  into  three  classes,  which  are  as  nearly  equal  in  number  as  possible,  with  each  director  elected  at  an  annual  stockholders’
meeting serving a three-year term and one class being elected at each year’s annual meeting of stockholders.

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, if any, the holders of outstanding
shares  of  Class  A  and  Class  B  common  stock  are  entitled  to  receive  dividends  out  of  funds  legally  available  at  the  times  and  in  the
amounts  that  the  Board  may  determine.  Dividends  may  be  paid  in  cash,  in  property,  or  in  shares  of  the  Company’s  capital  stock.  If
dividends are paid in shares of stock or rights to purchase shares of stock, the holders of Class A common stock will receive shares of
Class A common stock or rights to purchase shares of Class A common stock and the holders of  Class  B  common  stock  will  receive
shares of Class B common stock or rights to purchase shares of Class B common stock.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Upon the Company’s liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to
stockholders  would  be  distributable  ratably  among  the  holders  of  Class  A  and  Class  B common stock and  any  participating  preferred
stock outstanding at that time, if any, after payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock and
payment of other claims of creditors.

 
No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Neither Class A nor Class B common stock is entitled to preemptive rights, and neither is subject to redemption. There are no

sinking fund provisions applicable to the Company’s common stock.

Conversion

Our Class A  common  stock  is  not  convertible  into  any  other  shares  of  our  capital  stock.  Each  share  of  our  Class  B  common
stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of our Class A common stock. In addition, each share of our
Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of our Class A  common  stock  upon  any  transfer,  whether  or  not  for
value,  except  for  permitted  transfers.  Class  B  common  stockholders  may  transfer  shares  of  Class  B  common  stock  in  the  following
manner without having the shares of Class B common stock convert to Class A common stock:

·

·

·

·
·
·

the granting of a proxy to officers or directors of the Company whether or not at the request of the Board in connection with
actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders;
entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) pursuant to which voting control is
granted over such share to an officer or director of the Company that does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property
or other consideration to the Class B stockholder other than the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner;
a  transfer  by  a  stockholder  who  is  an  individual  upon  such  stockholder’s  death  pursuant  to  a  will  or  the  laws  of  descent  and
distribution;
any transfer of convertible securities;
any transfer to an affiliate; or
any transfer by an individual stockholder to, or for the benefit of, any spouse or any ancestor, descendant, sibling, or child of a
sibling of such stockholder or his or her spouse, or any transfer by a stockholder to a trust, limited partnership or limited liability
company for the benefit of such individual stockholder or any such family member, or any transfer by such a trust, partnership
or limited liability company to any such stockholder or family member.

With  respect  to  each  holder  of  one  or  more  shares  of  our  Class  B  common  stock,  each  of  such  holder’s  shares  of  Class  B

common stock will automatically convert into one share of our Class A common stock if:

·

such holder’s shares of Class B common stock, together with the shares of Class B common stock then held by that holder’s
affiliates, represents less than 5% of the aggregate number of all outstanding shares of our common stock.

Once converted into Class A common stock, Class B common stock cannot be reissued.

Anti-Takeover Provisions of the Certificate, Bylaws, and Delaware Law

The provisions of Delaware law, our dual class structure, the Certificate and Bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring

or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company.

Delaware Law

We are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a
public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after
the date of prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes mergers, asset sales or other transactions resulting in a financial benefit
to the stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did
own,  15%  or  more  of  the  corporation’s  outstanding  voting  stock.  These  provisions  may  have  the  effect  of  delaying,  deferring  or
preventing a change in our control.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions

The Certificate and Bylaws provide for a dual class structure and include a number of other provisions that could deter hostile

takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our management team, including the following:

Dual Class Structure

As discussed above, our  Class  B  common  stock  has  10    votes  per  share,  while  our  Class  A  common  stock  has  one  vote per
share. David C. Paul, a director and our current Executive Chairman, and his affiliates, in the aggregate, beneficially own 100% of our
outstanding  Class  B  common  stock,  representing  approximately    73.9%  of  the  total  voting  power  of  our  outstanding  capital  stock.
Because of our dual class structure, the holders of our Class B common stock will continue to be able to control all matters submitted to
our stockholders for approval even if they own significantly less than 50% of the shares of our outstanding common stock. This

 
concentrated  control  could  discourage  others  from  initiating  any  potential  merger,  takeover  or  other  change  of  control  transaction  that
other stockholders might view as beneficial. The Board is authorized, without stockholder approval, to issue additional authorized shares
of our Class A and Class B common stock.

Board of Directors Vacancies

The  Certificate  and  Bylaws  authorize  our  board  of  directors  or  stockholders  (at  a  duly  convened  meeting)  to  fill  vacant

directorships.

Classified Board

The Bylaws provide that the Board is classified into three classes of directors. This could delay a successful tender offeror from
obtaining majority control of the Board, and the prospect of that delay might deter a potential offeror. In addition, stockholders are not
permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of directors.

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders

The Bylaws provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special
meetings of our stockholders. The Bylaws further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of
our board of directors.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

The  Bylaws  provide  advance  notice  procedures  for  stockholders  seeking  to  bring  business  before  our  annual  meeting  of
stockholders,  or  to  nominate  candidates  for  election  as  directors  at  our  annual  meeting  of  stockholders.  To  be  timely,  a  stockholder’s
notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, our principal executive offices not more than 90 nor less than 50 days prior to the
meeting with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, and not later than 10 business days after public announcement of a special
meeting. The Bylaws also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might
preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at
our annual meeting of stockholders.

Preferred Stock

The  Board  has  the  authority,  without  further  action  by  our  stockholders,  to  issue  up  to  35,000,000  shares  of  undesignated
preferred  stock  with  rights  and  preferences,  including  voting,  dividend,  redemption,  liquidation  or  preemptive rights, designated from
time to time by the Board, which could be in preference or priority to the rights of holders of our Class A and Class B common stock.
The  Board  may  utilize  such  shares  for  a  variety  of  corporate  purposes,  including  future  public  offerings  to  raise  additional  capital,
corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. Also, the existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable
the Board to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or
other  means.  If  we  issue  such  shares  without  stockholder  approval  and  in  violation  of  limitations  imposed  by  the  New  York  Stock
Exchange or any stock exchange on which our stock may then be trading, our stock could be delisted.

Listing

The Company’s Class A common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “GMED”.

Subsidiaries of Globus Medical, Inc.

EXHIBIT 21.1

The following is a list of our subsidiaries as of December 31, 2021. Certain subsidiaries are not named because they were not significant
in the aggregate.

Subsidiary
Globus Medical North America, Inc.
Branch Medical Group, LLC
Transplant Technologies of Texas, Ltd.
Human Biologics of Texas, Ltd.
Tissue Transplant Technology, Ltd.
Globus Medical India Private Limited
Globus Medical SARL
Globus Medical South Africa Pty Limited
Globus Medical Poland Sp. z o.o.
Globus Medical Australia Pty Limited
Globus Medical UK Limited
Globus Medical Belgium BVBA
Globus Medical Germany GmbH
Globus Medical Denmark ApS
Globus Medical Sweden AB
Globus Medical Israel Limited
Globus Medical France SARL
Globus Medical Netherlands B.V.
Globus Medical Austria GmbH
Globus Medical Japan GK
Scient'X Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd.
Scient'X Australia Pty. Ltd.
Globus Medical Netherlands Biologics B.V.
Globus Medical Italy S.r.l.
Globus Medical Ireland, Ltd.
Globus Medical GP, LLC
Globus Medical Latin America, LLC
Globus Medical Brasil Ltda.
Japan Ortho Medical Co., Ltd.
KB Medical S.A.
Nemaris, Inc.
Globus Medical Finland Oy
Globus Medical Norway AS
Synoste Oy

  Jurisdiction
  Pennsylvania
  Delaware
  Texas
  Texas
  Texas
  India
  Switzerland
  South Africa
  Poland
  Australia
  United Kingdom
  Belgium
  Germany
  Denmark
  Sweden
  Israel
  France
  Netherlands
  Austria
  Japan
  Singapore
  Australia
  Netherlands
  Italy
  Ireland
  Delaware
  Delaware
  Brazil
  Japan
  Switzerland
  Delaware
  Finland
  Norway
  Finland

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-261694, 333-198698 and 333-184196) of
our reports dated February 17, 2022, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of Globus Medical, Inc. and the
effectiveness of Globus Medical, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2021.  

EXHIBIT 23.1

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 17, 2022

EXHIBIT 31.1

I, David M. Demski, certify that:

Certification By Principal Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Globus Medical, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)

b)

c)

d)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):

a)

b)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize, and
report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 17, 2022

/s/ DAVID M. DEMSKI

David M. Demski
Chief Executive Officer
President
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.2

I, Keith Pfeil, certify that:

Certification By Principal Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Globus Medical, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)

b)

c)

d)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):

a)

b)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize, and
report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:

February 17, 2022

/s/ KEITH PFEIL

Keith Pfeil
Chief Financial Officer
Chief Accounting Officer
Senior Vice President
(Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

EXHIBIT 32

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code), David M.
Demski, Chief Executive Officer, and Keith Pfeil, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Globus Medical, Inc. (the
“Company”), each certifies with respect to the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2021
(the “Report”) that, to the best of his knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations

of the Company.

Date: February 17, 2022

Date: February 17, 2022

/s/ DAVID M. DEMSKI

David M. Demski
Chief Executive Officer
President
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ KEITH PFEIL

Keith Pfeil
Chief Financial Officer
Chief Accounting Officer
Senior Vice President
(Principal Financial Officer)

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of Chapter
63 of Title 18 of the United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.